Show More
@@ -1,1441 +1,1444 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # configitems.py - centralized declaration of configuration option |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2017 Pierre-Yves David <pierre-yves.david@octobus.net> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | import functools |
|
11 | 11 | import re |
|
12 | 12 | |
|
13 | 13 | from . import ( |
|
14 | 14 | encoding, |
|
15 | 15 | error, |
|
16 | 16 | ) |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | def loadconfigtable(ui, extname, configtable): |
|
19 | 19 | """update config item known to the ui with the extension ones""" |
|
20 | 20 | for section, items in sorted(configtable.items()): |
|
21 | 21 | knownitems = ui._knownconfig.setdefault(section, itemregister()) |
|
22 | 22 | knownkeys = set(knownitems) |
|
23 | 23 | newkeys = set(items) |
|
24 | 24 | for key in sorted(knownkeys & newkeys): |
|
25 | 25 | msg = "extension '%s' overwrite config item '%s.%s'" |
|
26 | 26 | msg %= (extname, section, key) |
|
27 | 27 | ui.develwarn(msg, config='warn-config') |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | knownitems.update(items) |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | class configitem(object): |
|
32 | 32 | """represent a known config item |
|
33 | 33 | |
|
34 | 34 | :section: the official config section where to find this item, |
|
35 | 35 | :name: the official name within the section, |
|
36 | 36 | :default: default value for this item, |
|
37 | 37 | :alias: optional list of tuples as alternatives, |
|
38 | 38 | :generic: this is a generic definition, match name using regular expression. |
|
39 | 39 | """ |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | def __init__(self, section, name, default=None, alias=(), |
|
42 | 42 | generic=False, priority=0): |
|
43 | 43 | self.section = section |
|
44 | 44 | self.name = name |
|
45 | 45 | self.default = default |
|
46 | 46 | self.alias = list(alias) |
|
47 | 47 | self.generic = generic |
|
48 | 48 | self.priority = priority |
|
49 | 49 | self._re = None |
|
50 | 50 | if generic: |
|
51 | 51 | self._re = re.compile(self.name) |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | class itemregister(dict): |
|
54 | 54 | """A specialized dictionary that can handle wild-card selection""" |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | def __init__(self): |
|
57 | 57 | super(itemregister, self).__init__() |
|
58 | 58 | self._generics = set() |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | def update(self, other): |
|
61 | 61 | super(itemregister, self).update(other) |
|
62 | 62 | self._generics.update(other._generics) |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | def __setitem__(self, key, item): |
|
65 | 65 | super(itemregister, self).__setitem__(key, item) |
|
66 | 66 | if item.generic: |
|
67 | 67 | self._generics.add(item) |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | def get(self, key): |
|
70 | 70 | baseitem = super(itemregister, self).get(key) |
|
71 | 71 | if baseitem is not None and not baseitem.generic: |
|
72 | 72 | return baseitem |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | # search for a matching generic item |
|
75 | 75 | generics = sorted(self._generics, key=(lambda x: (x.priority, x.name))) |
|
76 | 76 | for item in generics: |
|
77 | 77 | # we use 'match' instead of 'search' to make the matching simpler |
|
78 | 78 | # for people unfamiliar with regular expression. Having the match |
|
79 | 79 | # rooted to the start of the string will produce less surprising |
|
80 | 80 | # result for user writing simple regex for sub-attribute. |
|
81 | 81 | # |
|
82 | 82 | # For example using "color\..*" match produces an unsurprising |
|
83 | 83 | # result, while using search could suddenly match apparently |
|
84 | 84 | # unrelated configuration that happens to contains "color." |
|
85 | 85 | # anywhere. This is a tradeoff where we favor requiring ".*" on |
|
86 | 86 | # some match to avoid the need to prefix most pattern with "^". |
|
87 | 87 | # The "^" seems more error prone. |
|
88 | 88 | if item._re.match(key): |
|
89 | 89 | return item |
|
90 | 90 | |
|
91 | 91 | return None |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | coreitems = {} |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | def _register(configtable, *args, **kwargs): |
|
96 | 96 | item = configitem(*args, **kwargs) |
|
97 | 97 | section = configtable.setdefault(item.section, itemregister()) |
|
98 | 98 | if item.name in section: |
|
99 | 99 | msg = "duplicated config item registration for '%s.%s'" |
|
100 | 100 | raise error.ProgrammingError(msg % (item.section, item.name)) |
|
101 | 101 | section[item.name] = item |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | # special value for case where the default is derived from other values |
|
104 | 104 | dynamicdefault = object() |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | # Registering actual config items |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | def getitemregister(configtable): |
|
109 | 109 | f = functools.partial(_register, configtable) |
|
110 | 110 | # export pseudo enum as configitem.* |
|
111 | 111 | f.dynamicdefault = dynamicdefault |
|
112 | 112 | return f |
|
113 | 113 | |
|
114 | 114 | coreconfigitem = getitemregister(coreitems) |
|
115 | 115 | |
|
116 | 116 | coreconfigitem('alias', '.*', |
|
117 | 117 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
118 | 118 | generic=True, |
|
119 | 119 | ) |
|
120 | 120 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nodates', |
|
121 | 121 | default=False, |
|
122 | 122 | ) |
|
123 | 123 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'showfunc', |
|
124 | 124 | default=False, |
|
125 | 125 | ) |
|
126 | 126 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'unified', |
|
127 | 127 | default=None, |
|
128 | 128 | ) |
|
129 | 129 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'git', |
|
130 | 130 | default=False, |
|
131 | 131 | ) |
|
132 | 132 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorews', |
|
133 | 133 | default=False, |
|
134 | 134 | ) |
|
135 | 135 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewsamount', |
|
136 | 136 | default=False, |
|
137 | 137 | ) |
|
138 | 138 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignoreblanklines', |
|
139 | 139 | default=False, |
|
140 | 140 | ) |
|
141 | 141 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'ignorewseol', |
|
142 | 142 | default=False, |
|
143 | 143 | ) |
|
144 | 144 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'nobinary', |
|
145 | 145 | default=False, |
|
146 | 146 | ) |
|
147 | 147 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'noprefix', |
|
148 | 148 | default=False, |
|
149 | 149 | ) |
|
150 | 150 | coreconfigitem('annotate', 'word-diff', |
|
151 | 151 | default=False, |
|
152 | 152 | ) |
|
153 | 153 | coreconfigitem('auth', 'cookiefile', |
|
154 | 154 | default=None, |
|
155 | 155 | ) |
|
156 | 156 | # bookmarks.pushing: internal hack for discovery |
|
157 | 157 | coreconfigitem('bookmarks', 'pushing', |
|
158 | 158 | default=list, |
|
159 | 159 | ) |
|
160 | 160 | # bundle.mainreporoot: internal hack for bundlerepo |
|
161 | 161 | coreconfigitem('bundle', 'mainreporoot', |
|
162 | 162 | default='', |
|
163 | 163 | ) |
|
164 | 164 | coreconfigitem('censor', 'policy', |
|
165 | 165 | default='abort', |
|
166 | 166 | ) |
|
167 | 167 | coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'idletimeout', |
|
168 | 168 | default=3600, |
|
169 | 169 | ) |
|
170 | 170 | coreconfigitem('chgserver', 'skiphash', |
|
171 | 171 | default=False, |
|
172 | 172 | ) |
|
173 | 173 | coreconfigitem('cmdserver', 'log', |
|
174 | 174 | default=None, |
|
175 | 175 | ) |
|
176 | 176 | coreconfigitem('color', '.*', |
|
177 | 177 | default=None, |
|
178 | 178 | generic=True, |
|
179 | 179 | ) |
|
180 | 180 | coreconfigitem('color', 'mode', |
|
181 | 181 | default='auto', |
|
182 | 182 | ) |
|
183 | 183 | coreconfigitem('color', 'pagermode', |
|
184 | 184 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
185 | 185 | ) |
|
186 | 186 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'grep.all-files', |
|
187 | 187 | default=False, |
|
188 | 188 | ) |
|
189 | 189 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.confirm', |
|
190 | 190 | default=False, |
|
191 | 191 | ) |
|
192 | 192 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.explicit-re-merge', |
|
193 | 193 | default=False, |
|
194 | 194 | ) |
|
195 | 195 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'resolve.mark-check', |
|
196 | 196 | default='none', |
|
197 | 197 | ) |
|
198 | 198 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'show.aliasprefix', |
|
199 | 199 | default=list, |
|
200 | 200 | ) |
|
201 | 201 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.relative', |
|
202 | 202 | default=False, |
|
203 | 203 | ) |
|
204 | 204 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.skipstates', |
|
205 | 205 | default=[], |
|
206 | 206 | ) |
|
207 | 207 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.terse', |
|
208 | 208 | default='', |
|
209 | 209 | ) |
|
210 | 210 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'status.verbose', |
|
211 | 211 | default=False, |
|
212 | 212 | ) |
|
213 | 213 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.check', |
|
214 | 214 | default=None, |
|
215 | 215 | ) |
|
216 | 216 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'update.requiredest', |
|
217 | 217 | default=False, |
|
218 | 218 | ) |
|
219 | 219 | coreconfigitem('committemplate', '.*', |
|
220 | 220 | default=None, |
|
221 | 221 | generic=True, |
|
222 | 222 | ) |
|
223 | 223 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'bzr.saverev', |
|
224 | 224 | default=True, |
|
225 | 225 | ) |
|
226 | 226 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.cache', |
|
227 | 227 | default=True, |
|
228 | 228 | ) |
|
229 | 229 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.fuzz', |
|
230 | 230 | default=60, |
|
231 | 231 | ) |
|
232 | 232 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.logencoding', |
|
233 | 233 | default=None, |
|
234 | 234 | ) |
|
235 | 235 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergefrom', |
|
236 | 236 | default=None, |
|
237 | 237 | ) |
|
238 | 238 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'cvsps.mergeto', |
|
239 | 239 | default=None, |
|
240 | 240 | ) |
|
241 | 241 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.committeractions', |
|
242 | 242 | default=lambda: ['messagedifferent'], |
|
243 | 243 | ) |
|
244 | 244 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.extrakeys', |
|
245 | 245 | default=list, |
|
246 | 246 | ) |
|
247 | 247 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.findcopiesharder', |
|
248 | 248 | default=False, |
|
249 | 249 | ) |
|
250 | 250 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.remoteprefix', |
|
251 | 251 | default='remote', |
|
252 | 252 | ) |
|
253 | 253 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.renamelimit', |
|
254 | 254 | default=400, |
|
255 | 255 | ) |
|
256 | 256 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.saverev', |
|
257 | 257 | default=True, |
|
258 | 258 | ) |
|
259 | 259 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.similarity', |
|
260 | 260 | default=50, |
|
261 | 261 | ) |
|
262 | 262 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'git.skipsubmodules', |
|
263 | 263 | default=False, |
|
264 | 264 | ) |
|
265 | 265 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.clonebranches', |
|
266 | 266 | default=False, |
|
267 | 267 | ) |
|
268 | 268 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.ignoreerrors', |
|
269 | 269 | default=False, |
|
270 | 270 | ) |
|
271 | 271 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.revs', |
|
272 | 272 | default=None, |
|
273 | 273 | ) |
|
274 | 274 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.saverev', |
|
275 | 275 | default=False, |
|
276 | 276 | ) |
|
277 | 277 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.sourcename', |
|
278 | 278 | default=None, |
|
279 | 279 | ) |
|
280 | 280 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.startrev', |
|
281 | 281 | default=None, |
|
282 | 282 | ) |
|
283 | 283 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.tagsbranch', |
|
284 | 284 | default='default', |
|
285 | 285 | ) |
|
286 | 286 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'hg.usebranchnames', |
|
287 | 287 | default=True, |
|
288 | 288 | ) |
|
289 | 289 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'ignoreancestorcheck', |
|
290 | 290 | default=False, |
|
291 | 291 | ) |
|
292 | 292 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'localtimezone', |
|
293 | 293 | default=False, |
|
294 | 294 | ) |
|
295 | 295 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.encoding', |
|
296 | 296 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
297 | 297 | ) |
|
298 | 298 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'p4.startrev', |
|
299 | 299 | default=0, |
|
300 | 300 | ) |
|
301 | 301 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'skiptags', |
|
302 | 302 | default=False, |
|
303 | 303 | ) |
|
304 | 304 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.debugsvnlog', |
|
305 | 305 | default=True, |
|
306 | 306 | ) |
|
307 | 307 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.trunk', |
|
308 | 308 | default=None, |
|
309 | 309 | ) |
|
310 | 310 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.tags', |
|
311 | 311 | default=None, |
|
312 | 312 | ) |
|
313 | 313 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.branches', |
|
314 | 314 | default=None, |
|
315 | 315 | ) |
|
316 | 316 | coreconfigitem('convert', 'svn.startrev', |
|
317 | 317 | default=0, |
|
318 | 318 | ) |
|
319 | 319 | coreconfigitem('debug', 'dirstate.delaywrite', |
|
320 | 320 | default=0, |
|
321 | 321 | ) |
|
322 | 322 | coreconfigitem('defaults', '.*', |
|
323 | 323 | default=None, |
|
324 | 324 | generic=True, |
|
325 | 325 | ) |
|
326 | 326 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'all-warnings', |
|
327 | 327 | default=False, |
|
328 | 328 | ) |
|
329 | 329 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle2.debug', |
|
330 | 330 | default=False, |
|
331 | 331 | ) |
|
332 | 332 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'bundle.delta', |
|
333 | 333 | default='', |
|
334 | 334 | ) |
|
335 | 335 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'cache-vfs', |
|
336 | 336 | default=None, |
|
337 | 337 | ) |
|
338 | 338 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-locks', |
|
339 | 339 | default=False, |
|
340 | 340 | ) |
|
341 | 341 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'check-relroot', |
|
342 | 342 | default=False, |
|
343 | 343 | ) |
|
344 | 344 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'default-date', |
|
345 | 345 | default=None, |
|
346 | 346 | ) |
|
347 | 347 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'deprec-warn', |
|
348 | 348 | default=False, |
|
349 | 349 | ) |
|
350 | 350 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'disableloaddefaultcerts', |
|
351 | 351 | default=False, |
|
352 | 352 | ) |
|
353 | 353 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-empty-changegroup', |
|
354 | 354 | default=False, |
|
355 | 355 | ) |
|
356 | 356 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'legacy.exchange', |
|
357 | 357 | default=list, |
|
358 | 358 | ) |
|
359 | 359 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'servercafile', |
|
360 | 360 | default='', |
|
361 | 361 | ) |
|
362 | 362 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverexactprotocol', |
|
363 | 363 | default='', |
|
364 | 364 | ) |
|
365 | 365 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'serverrequirecert', |
|
366 | 366 | default=False, |
|
367 | 367 | ) |
|
368 | 368 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'strip-obsmarkers', |
|
369 | 369 | default=True, |
|
370 | 370 | ) |
|
371 | 371 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config', |
|
372 | 372 | default=None, |
|
373 | 373 | ) |
|
374 | 374 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-default', |
|
375 | 375 | default=None, |
|
376 | 376 | ) |
|
377 | 377 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'user.obsmarker', |
|
378 | 378 | default=None, |
|
379 | 379 | ) |
|
380 | 380 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'warn-config-unknown', |
|
381 | 381 | default=None, |
|
382 | 382 | ) |
|
383 | 383 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.copies', |
|
384 | 384 | default=False, |
|
385 | 385 | ) |
|
386 | 386 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.extensions', |
|
387 | 387 | default=False, |
|
388 | 388 | ) |
|
389 | 389 | coreconfigitem('devel', 'debug.peer-request', |
|
390 | 390 | default=False, |
|
391 | 391 | ) |
|
392 | 392 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'nodates', |
|
393 | 393 | default=False, |
|
394 | 394 | ) |
|
395 | 395 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'showfunc', |
|
396 | 396 | default=False, |
|
397 | 397 | ) |
|
398 | 398 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'unified', |
|
399 | 399 | default=None, |
|
400 | 400 | ) |
|
401 | 401 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'git', |
|
402 | 402 | default=False, |
|
403 | 403 | ) |
|
404 | 404 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorews', |
|
405 | 405 | default=False, |
|
406 | 406 | ) |
|
407 | 407 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewsamount', |
|
408 | 408 | default=False, |
|
409 | 409 | ) |
|
410 | 410 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignoreblanklines', |
|
411 | 411 | default=False, |
|
412 | 412 | ) |
|
413 | 413 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'ignorewseol', |
|
414 | 414 | default=False, |
|
415 | 415 | ) |
|
416 | 416 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'nobinary', |
|
417 | 417 | default=False, |
|
418 | 418 | ) |
|
419 | 419 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'noprefix', |
|
420 | 420 | default=False, |
|
421 | 421 | ) |
|
422 | 422 | coreconfigitem('diff', 'word-diff', |
|
423 | 423 | default=False, |
|
424 | 424 | ) |
|
425 | 425 | coreconfigitem('email', 'bcc', |
|
426 | 426 | default=None, |
|
427 | 427 | ) |
|
428 | 428 | coreconfigitem('email', 'cc', |
|
429 | 429 | default=None, |
|
430 | 430 | ) |
|
431 | 431 | coreconfigitem('email', 'charsets', |
|
432 | 432 | default=list, |
|
433 | 433 | ) |
|
434 | 434 | coreconfigitem('email', 'from', |
|
435 | 435 | default=None, |
|
436 | 436 | ) |
|
437 | 437 | coreconfigitem('email', 'method', |
|
438 | 438 | default='smtp', |
|
439 | 439 | ) |
|
440 | 440 | coreconfigitem('email', 'reply-to', |
|
441 | 441 | default=None, |
|
442 | 442 | ) |
|
443 | 443 | coreconfigitem('email', 'to', |
|
444 | 444 | default=None, |
|
445 | 445 | ) |
|
446 | 446 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'archivemetatemplate', |
|
447 | 447 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
448 | 448 | ) |
|
449 | 449 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle-phases', |
|
450 | 450 | default=False, |
|
451 | 451 | ) |
|
452 | 452 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-advertise', |
|
453 | 453 | default=True, |
|
454 | 454 | ) |
|
455 | 455 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2-output-capture', |
|
456 | 456 | default=False, |
|
457 | 457 | ) |
|
458 | 458 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2.pushback', |
|
459 | 459 | default=False, |
|
460 | 460 | ) |
|
461 | 461 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundle2lazylocking', |
|
462 | 462 | default=False, |
|
463 | 463 | ) |
|
464 | 464 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel', |
|
465 | 465 | default=None, |
|
466 | 466 | ) |
|
467 | 467 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.bzip2', |
|
468 | 468 | default=None, |
|
469 | 469 | ) |
|
470 | 470 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.gzip', |
|
471 | 471 | default=None, |
|
472 | 472 | ) |
|
473 | 473 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.none', |
|
474 | 474 | default=None, |
|
475 | 475 | ) |
|
476 | 476 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'bundlecomplevel.zstd', |
|
477 | 477 | default=None, |
|
478 | 478 | ) |
|
479 | 479 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'changegroup3', |
|
480 | 480 | default=False, |
|
481 | 481 | ) |
|
482 | 482 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'clientcompressionengines', |
|
483 | 483 | default=list, |
|
484 | 484 | ) |
|
485 | 485 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace', |
|
486 | 486 | default='on', |
|
487 | 487 | ) |
|
488 | 488 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.movecandidateslimit', |
|
489 | 489 | default=100, |
|
490 | 490 | ) |
|
491 | 491 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'copytrace.sourcecommitlimit', |
|
492 | 492 | default=100, |
|
493 | 493 | ) |
|
494 | 494 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'crecordtest', |
|
495 | 495 | default=None, |
|
496 | 496 | ) |
|
497 | 497 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess', |
|
498 | 498 | default=False, |
|
499 | 499 | ) |
|
500 | 500 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'directaccess.revnums', |
|
501 | 501 | default=False, |
|
502 | 502 | ) |
|
503 | 503 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'editortmpinhg', |
|
504 | 504 | default=False, |
|
505 | 505 | ) |
|
506 | 506 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution', |
|
507 | 507 | default=list, |
|
508 | 508 | ) |
|
509 | 509 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowdivergence', |
|
510 | 510 | default=False, |
|
511 | 511 | alias=[('experimental', 'allowdivergence')] |
|
512 | 512 | ) |
|
513 | 513 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.allowunstable', |
|
514 | 514 | default=None, |
|
515 | 515 | ) |
|
516 | 516 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.createmarkers', |
|
517 | 517 | default=None, |
|
518 | 518 | ) |
|
519 | 519 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.effect-flags', |
|
520 | 520 | default=True, |
|
521 | 521 | alias=[('experimental', 'effect-flags')] |
|
522 | 522 | ) |
|
523 | 523 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.exchange', |
|
524 | 524 | default=None, |
|
525 | 525 | ) |
|
526 | 526 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.bundle-obsmarker', |
|
527 | 527 | default=False, |
|
528 | 528 | ) |
|
529 | 529 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.report-instabilities', |
|
530 | 530 | default=True, |
|
531 | 531 | ) |
|
532 | 532 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'evolution.track-operation', |
|
533 | 533 | default=True, |
|
534 | 534 | ) |
|
535 | 535 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'maxdeltachainspan', |
|
536 | 536 | default=-1, |
|
537 | 537 | ) |
|
538 | 538 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergetempdirprefix', |
|
539 | 539 | default=None, |
|
540 | 540 | ) |
|
541 | 541 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mmapindexthreshold', |
|
542 | 542 | default=None, |
|
543 | 543 | ) |
|
544 | 544 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'narrow', |
|
545 | 545 | default=False, |
|
546 | 546 | ) |
|
547 | 547 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nonnormalparanoidcheck', |
|
548 | 548 | default=False, |
|
549 | 549 | ) |
|
550 | 550 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'exportableenviron', |
|
551 | 551 | default=list, |
|
552 | 552 | ) |
|
553 | 553 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.index', |
|
554 | 554 | default=None, |
|
555 | 555 | ) |
|
556 | 556 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'extendedheader.similarity', |
|
557 | 557 | default=False, |
|
558 | 558 | ) |
|
559 | 559 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'format.compression', |
|
560 | 560 | default='zlib', |
|
561 | 561 | ) |
|
562 | 562 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphshorten', |
|
563 | 563 | default=False, |
|
564 | 564 | ) |
|
565 | 565 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.parent', |
|
566 | 566 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
567 | 567 | ) |
|
568 | 568 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.missing', |
|
569 | 569 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
570 | 570 | ) |
|
571 | 571 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'graphstyle.grandparent', |
|
572 | 572 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
573 | 573 | ) |
|
574 | 574 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'hook-track-tags', |
|
575 | 575 | default=False, |
|
576 | 576 | ) |
|
577 | 577 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.advertise-v2', |
|
578 | 578 | default=False, |
|
579 | 579 | ) |
|
580 | 580 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppeer.v2-encoder-order', |
|
581 | 581 | default=None, |
|
582 | 582 | ) |
|
583 | 583 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'httppostargs', |
|
584 | 584 | default=False, |
|
585 | 585 | ) |
|
586 | 586 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'mergedriver', |
|
587 | 587 | default=None, |
|
588 | 588 | ) |
|
589 | 589 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt', default=False) |
|
590 | 590 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly', default=True) |
|
591 | 591 | |
|
592 | 592 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'obsmarkers-exchange-debug', |
|
593 | 593 | default=False, |
|
594 | 594 | ) |
|
595 | 595 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'remotenames', |
|
596 | 596 | default=False, |
|
597 | 597 | ) |
|
598 | 598 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'removeemptydirs', |
|
599 | 599 | default=True, |
|
600 | 600 | ) |
|
601 | 601 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.prefixhexnode', |
|
602 | 602 | default=False, |
|
603 | 603 | ) |
|
604 | 604 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revlogv2', |
|
605 | 605 | default=None, |
|
606 | 606 | ) |
|
607 | 607 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'revisions.disambiguatewithin', |
|
608 | 608 | default=None, |
|
609 | 609 | ) |
|
610 | 610 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'server.filesdata.recommended-batch-size', |
|
611 | 611 | default=50000, |
|
612 | 612 | ) |
|
613 | 613 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'server.manifestdata.recommended-batch-size', |
|
614 | 614 | default=100000, |
|
615 | 615 | ) |
|
616 | 616 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'server.stream-narrow-clones', |
|
617 | 617 | default=False, |
|
618 | 618 | ) |
|
619 | 619 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'single-head-per-branch', |
|
620 | 620 | default=False, |
|
621 | 621 | ) |
|
622 | 622 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshserver.support-v2', |
|
623 | 623 | default=False, |
|
624 | 624 | ) |
|
625 | 625 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read', |
|
626 | 626 | default=False, |
|
627 | 627 | ) |
|
628 | 628 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.density-threshold', |
|
629 | 629 | default=0.50, |
|
630 | 630 | ) |
|
631 | 631 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sparse-read.min-gap-size', |
|
632 | 632 | default='65K', |
|
633 | 633 | ) |
|
634 | 634 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'treemanifest', |
|
635 | 635 | default=False, |
|
636 | 636 | ) |
|
637 | 637 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'update.atomic-file', |
|
638 | 638 | default=False, |
|
639 | 639 | ) |
|
640 | 640 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'sshpeer.advertise-v2', |
|
641 | 641 | default=False, |
|
642 | 642 | ) |
|
643 | 643 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.apiserver', |
|
644 | 644 | default=False, |
|
645 | 645 | ) |
|
646 | 646 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.http-v2', |
|
647 | 647 | default=False, |
|
648 | 648 | ) |
|
649 | 649 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'web.api.debugreflect', |
|
650 | 650 | default=False, |
|
651 | 651 | ) |
|
652 | 652 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'worker.wdir-get-thread-safe', |
|
653 | 653 | default=False, |
|
654 | 654 | ) |
|
655 | 655 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'xdiff', |
|
656 | 656 | default=False, |
|
657 | 657 | ) |
|
658 | 658 | coreconfigitem('extensions', '.*', |
|
659 | 659 | default=None, |
|
660 | 660 | generic=True, |
|
661 | 661 | ) |
|
662 | 662 | coreconfigitem('extdata', '.*', |
|
663 | 663 | default=None, |
|
664 | 664 | generic=True, |
|
665 | 665 | ) |
|
666 | 666 | coreconfigitem('format', 'chunkcachesize', |
|
667 | 667 | default=None, |
|
668 | 668 | ) |
|
669 | 669 | coreconfigitem('format', 'dotencode', |
|
670 | 670 | default=True, |
|
671 | 671 | ) |
|
672 | 672 | coreconfigitem('format', 'generaldelta', |
|
673 | 673 | default=False, |
|
674 | 674 | ) |
|
675 | 675 | coreconfigitem('format', 'manifestcachesize', |
|
676 | 676 | default=None, |
|
677 | 677 | ) |
|
678 | 678 | coreconfigitem('format', 'maxchainlen', |
|
679 | 679 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
680 | 680 | ) |
|
681 | 681 | coreconfigitem('format', 'obsstore-version', |
|
682 | 682 | default=None, |
|
683 | 683 | ) |
|
684 | 684 | coreconfigitem('format', 'sparse-revlog', |
|
685 | 685 | default=False, |
|
686 | 686 | ) |
|
687 | 687 | coreconfigitem('format', 'usefncache', |
|
688 | 688 | default=True, |
|
689 | 689 | ) |
|
690 | 690 | coreconfigitem('format', 'usegeneraldelta', |
|
691 | 691 | default=True, |
|
692 | 692 | ) |
|
693 | 693 | coreconfigitem('format', 'usestore', |
|
694 | 694 | default=True, |
|
695 | 695 | ) |
|
696 | 696 | coreconfigitem('format', 'internal-phase', |
|
697 | 697 | default=False, |
|
698 | 698 | ) |
|
699 | 699 | coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_when_unused', |
|
700 | 700 | default=True, |
|
701 | 701 | ) |
|
702 | 702 | coreconfigitem('fsmonitor', 'warn_update_file_count', |
|
703 | 703 | default=50000, |
|
704 | 704 | ) |
|
705 | 705 | coreconfigitem('help', 'hidden-command\..*', |
|
706 | 706 | default=False, |
|
707 | 707 | generic=True, |
|
708 | 708 | ) |
|
709 | 709 | coreconfigitem('help', 'hidden-topic\..*', |
|
710 | 710 | default=False, |
|
711 | 711 | generic=True, |
|
712 | 712 | ) |
|
713 | 713 | coreconfigitem('hooks', '.*', |
|
714 | 714 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
715 | 715 | generic=True, |
|
716 | 716 | ) |
|
717 | 717 | coreconfigitem('hgweb-paths', '.*', |
|
718 | 718 | default=list, |
|
719 | 719 | generic=True, |
|
720 | 720 | ) |
|
721 | 721 | coreconfigitem('hostfingerprints', '.*', |
|
722 | 722 | default=list, |
|
723 | 723 | generic=True, |
|
724 | 724 | ) |
|
725 | 725 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'ciphers', |
|
726 | 726 | default=None, |
|
727 | 727 | ) |
|
728 | 728 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'disabletls10warning', |
|
729 | 729 | default=False, |
|
730 | 730 | ) |
|
731 | 731 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', 'minimumprotocol', |
|
732 | 732 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
733 | 733 | ) |
|
734 | 734 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:minimumprotocol$', |
|
735 | 735 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
736 | 736 | generic=True, |
|
737 | 737 | ) |
|
738 | 738 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:ciphers$', |
|
739 | 739 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
740 | 740 | generic=True, |
|
741 | 741 | ) |
|
742 | 742 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:fingerprints$', |
|
743 | 743 | default=list, |
|
744 | 744 | generic=True, |
|
745 | 745 | ) |
|
746 | 746 | coreconfigitem('hostsecurity', '.*:verifycertsfile$', |
|
747 | 747 | default=None, |
|
748 | 748 | generic=True, |
|
749 | 749 | ) |
|
750 | 750 | |
|
751 | 751 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'always', |
|
752 | 752 | default=False, |
|
753 | 753 | ) |
|
754 | 754 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'host', |
|
755 | 755 | default=None, |
|
756 | 756 | ) |
|
757 | 757 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'no', |
|
758 | 758 | default=list, |
|
759 | 759 | ) |
|
760 | 760 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'passwd', |
|
761 | 761 | default=None, |
|
762 | 762 | ) |
|
763 | 763 | coreconfigitem('http_proxy', 'user', |
|
764 | 764 | default=None, |
|
765 | 765 | ) |
|
766 | 766 | |
|
767 | 767 | coreconfigitem('http', 'timeout', |
|
768 | 768 | default=None, |
|
769 | 769 | ) |
|
770 | 770 | |
|
771 | 771 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandexception', |
|
772 | 772 | default=None, |
|
773 | 773 | ) |
|
774 | 774 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'commandfinish', |
|
775 | 775 | default=None, |
|
776 | 776 | ) |
|
777 | 777 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'command', |
|
778 | 778 | default=None, |
|
779 | 779 | ) |
|
780 | 780 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'develwarn', |
|
781 | 781 | default=None, |
|
782 | 782 | ) |
|
783 | 783 | coreconfigitem('logtoprocess', 'uiblocked', |
|
784 | 784 | default=None, |
|
785 | 785 | ) |
|
786 | 786 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkunknown', |
|
787 | 787 | default='abort', |
|
788 | 788 | ) |
|
789 | 789 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'checkignored', |
|
790 | 790 | default='abort', |
|
791 | 791 | ) |
|
792 | 792 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'merge.checkpathconflicts', |
|
793 | 793 | default=False, |
|
794 | 794 | ) |
|
795 | 795 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'followcopies', |
|
796 | 796 | default=True, |
|
797 | 797 | ) |
|
798 | 798 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'on-failure', |
|
799 | 799 | default='continue', |
|
800 | 800 | ) |
|
801 | 801 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'preferancestor', |
|
802 | 802 | default=lambda: ['*'], |
|
803 | 803 | ) |
|
804 | 804 | coreconfigitem('merge', 'strict-capability-check', |
|
805 | 805 | default=False, |
|
806 | 806 | ) |
|
807 | 807 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', '.*', |
|
808 | 808 | default=None, |
|
809 | 809 | generic=True, |
|
810 | 810 | ) |
|
811 | 811 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.args$', |
|
812 | 812 | default="$local $base $other", |
|
813 | 813 | generic=True, |
|
814 | 814 | priority=-1, |
|
815 | 815 | ) |
|
816 | 816 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.binary$', |
|
817 | 817 | default=False, |
|
818 | 818 | generic=True, |
|
819 | 819 | priority=-1, |
|
820 | 820 | ) |
|
821 | 821 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.check$', |
|
822 | 822 | default=list, |
|
823 | 823 | generic=True, |
|
824 | 824 | priority=-1, |
|
825 | 825 | ) |
|
826 | 826 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.checkchanged$', |
|
827 | 827 | default=False, |
|
828 | 828 | generic=True, |
|
829 | 829 | priority=-1, |
|
830 | 830 | ) |
|
831 | 831 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.executable$', |
|
832 | 832 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
833 | 833 | generic=True, |
|
834 | 834 | priority=-1, |
|
835 | 835 | ) |
|
836 | 836 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.fixeol$', |
|
837 | 837 | default=False, |
|
838 | 838 | generic=True, |
|
839 | 839 | priority=-1, |
|
840 | 840 | ) |
|
841 | 841 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.gui$', |
|
842 | 842 | default=False, |
|
843 | 843 | generic=True, |
|
844 | 844 | priority=-1, |
|
845 | 845 | ) |
|
846 | 846 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkers$', |
|
847 | 847 | default='basic', |
|
848 | 848 | generic=True, |
|
849 | 849 | priority=-1, |
|
850 | 850 | ) |
|
851 | 851 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.mergemarkertemplate$', |
|
852 | 852 | default=dynamicdefault, # take from ui.mergemarkertemplate |
|
853 | 853 | generic=True, |
|
854 | 854 | priority=-1, |
|
855 | 855 | ) |
|
856 | 856 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.priority$', |
|
857 | 857 | default=0, |
|
858 | 858 | generic=True, |
|
859 | 859 | priority=-1, |
|
860 | 860 | ) |
|
861 | 861 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.premerge$', |
|
862 | 862 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
863 | 863 | generic=True, |
|
864 | 864 | priority=-1, |
|
865 | 865 | ) |
|
866 | 866 | coreconfigitem('merge-tools', br'.*\.symlink$', |
|
867 | 867 | default=False, |
|
868 | 868 | generic=True, |
|
869 | 869 | priority=-1, |
|
870 | 870 | ) |
|
871 | 871 | coreconfigitem('pager', 'attend-.*', |
|
872 | 872 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
873 | 873 | generic=True, |
|
874 | 874 | ) |
|
875 | 875 | coreconfigitem('pager', 'ignore', |
|
876 | 876 | default=list, |
|
877 | 877 | ) |
|
878 | 878 | coreconfigitem('pager', 'pager', |
|
879 | 879 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
880 | 880 | ) |
|
881 | 881 | coreconfigitem('patch', 'eol', |
|
882 | 882 | default='strict', |
|
883 | 883 | ) |
|
884 | 884 | coreconfigitem('patch', 'fuzz', |
|
885 | 885 | default=2, |
|
886 | 886 | ) |
|
887 | 887 | coreconfigitem('paths', 'default', |
|
888 | 888 | default=None, |
|
889 | 889 | ) |
|
890 | 890 | coreconfigitem('paths', 'default-push', |
|
891 | 891 | default=None, |
|
892 | 892 | ) |
|
893 | 893 | coreconfigitem('paths', '.*', |
|
894 | 894 | default=None, |
|
895 | 895 | generic=True, |
|
896 | 896 | ) |
|
897 | 897 | coreconfigitem('phases', 'checksubrepos', |
|
898 | 898 | default='follow', |
|
899 | 899 | ) |
|
900 | 900 | coreconfigitem('phases', 'new-commit', |
|
901 | 901 | default='draft', |
|
902 | 902 | ) |
|
903 | 903 | coreconfigitem('phases', 'publish', |
|
904 | 904 | default=True, |
|
905 | 905 | ) |
|
906 | 906 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'enabled', |
|
907 | 907 | default=False, |
|
908 | 908 | ) |
|
909 | 909 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'format', |
|
910 | 910 | default='text', |
|
911 | 911 | ) |
|
912 | 912 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'freq', |
|
913 | 913 | default=1000, |
|
914 | 914 | ) |
|
915 | 915 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'limit', |
|
916 | 916 | default=30, |
|
917 | 917 | ) |
|
918 | 918 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'nested', |
|
919 | 919 | default=0, |
|
920 | 920 | ) |
|
921 | 921 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'output', |
|
922 | 922 | default=None, |
|
923 | 923 | ) |
|
924 | 924 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmax', |
|
925 | 925 | default=0.999, |
|
926 | 926 | ) |
|
927 | 927 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'showmin', |
|
928 | 928 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
929 | 929 | ) |
|
930 | 930 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'sort', |
|
931 | 931 | default='inlinetime', |
|
932 | 932 | ) |
|
933 | 933 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'statformat', |
|
934 | 934 | default='hotpath', |
|
935 | 935 | ) |
|
936 | 936 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'time-track', |
|
937 | 937 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
938 | 938 | ) |
|
939 | 939 | coreconfigitem('profiling', 'type', |
|
940 | 940 | default='stat', |
|
941 | 941 | ) |
|
942 | 942 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'assume-tty', |
|
943 | 943 | default=False, |
|
944 | 944 | ) |
|
945 | 945 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'changedelay', |
|
946 | 946 | default=1, |
|
947 | 947 | ) |
|
948 | 948 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'clear-complete', |
|
949 | 949 | default=True, |
|
950 | 950 | ) |
|
951 | 951 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'debug', |
|
952 | 952 | default=False, |
|
953 | 953 | ) |
|
954 | 954 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'delay', |
|
955 | 955 | default=3, |
|
956 | 956 | ) |
|
957 | 957 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'disable', |
|
958 | 958 | default=False, |
|
959 | 959 | ) |
|
960 | 960 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'estimateinterval', |
|
961 | 961 | default=60.0, |
|
962 | 962 | ) |
|
963 | 963 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'format', |
|
964 | 964 | default=lambda: ['topic', 'bar', 'number', 'estimate'], |
|
965 | 965 | ) |
|
966 | 966 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'refresh', |
|
967 | 967 | default=0.1, |
|
968 | 968 | ) |
|
969 | 969 | coreconfigitem('progress', 'width', |
|
970 | 970 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
971 | 971 | ) |
|
972 | 972 | coreconfigitem('push', 'pushvars.server', |
|
973 | 973 | default=False, |
|
974 | 974 | ) |
|
975 | 975 | coreconfigitem('storage', 'new-repo-backend', |
|
976 | 976 | default='revlogv1', |
|
977 | 977 | ) |
|
978 | 978 | coreconfigitem('storage', 'revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice', |
|
979 | 979 | default=True, |
|
980 | 980 | alias=[('format', 'aggressivemergedeltas')], |
|
981 | 981 | ) |
|
982 | 982 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bookmarks-pushkey-compat', |
|
983 | 983 | default=True, |
|
984 | 984 | ) |
|
985 | 985 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1', |
|
986 | 986 | default=True, |
|
987 | 987 | ) |
|
988 | 988 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd', |
|
989 | 989 | default=None, |
|
990 | 990 | ) |
|
991 | 991 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.pull', |
|
992 | 992 | default=None, |
|
993 | 993 | ) |
|
994 | 994 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.pull', |
|
995 | 995 | default=None, |
|
996 | 996 | ) |
|
997 | 997 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1.push', |
|
998 | 998 | default=None, |
|
999 | 999 | ) |
|
1000 | 1000 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle1gd.push', |
|
1001 | 1001 | default=None, |
|
1002 | 1002 | ) |
|
1003 | 1003 | coreconfigitem('server', 'bundle2.stream', |
|
1004 | 1004 | default=True, |
|
1005 | 1005 | alias=[('experimental', 'bundle2.stream')] |
|
1006 | 1006 | ) |
|
1007 | 1007 | coreconfigitem('server', 'compressionengines', |
|
1008 | 1008 | default=list, |
|
1009 | 1009 | ) |
|
1010 | 1010 | coreconfigitem('server', 'concurrent-push-mode', |
|
1011 | 1011 | default='strict', |
|
1012 | 1012 | ) |
|
1013 | 1013 | coreconfigitem('server', 'disablefullbundle', |
|
1014 | 1014 | default=False, |
|
1015 | 1015 | ) |
|
1016 | 1016 | coreconfigitem('server', 'maxhttpheaderlen', |
|
1017 | 1017 | default=1024, |
|
1018 | 1018 | ) |
|
1019 | 1019 | coreconfigitem('server', 'pullbundle', |
|
1020 | 1020 | default=False, |
|
1021 | 1021 | ) |
|
1022 | 1022 | coreconfigitem('server', 'preferuncompressed', |
|
1023 | 1023 | default=False, |
|
1024 | 1024 | ) |
|
1025 | 1025 | coreconfigitem('server', 'streamunbundle', |
|
1026 | 1026 | default=False, |
|
1027 | 1027 | ) |
|
1028 | 1028 | coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressed', |
|
1029 | 1029 | default=True, |
|
1030 | 1030 | ) |
|
1031 | 1031 | coreconfigitem('server', 'uncompressedallowsecret', |
|
1032 | 1032 | default=False, |
|
1033 | 1033 | ) |
|
1034 | 1034 | coreconfigitem('server', 'validate', |
|
1035 | 1035 | default=False, |
|
1036 | 1036 | ) |
|
1037 | 1037 | coreconfigitem('server', 'zliblevel', |
|
1038 | 1038 | default=-1, |
|
1039 | 1039 | ) |
|
1040 | 1040 | coreconfigitem('server', 'zstdlevel', |
|
1041 | 1041 | default=3, |
|
1042 | 1042 | ) |
|
1043 | 1043 | coreconfigitem('share', 'pool', |
|
1044 | 1044 | default=None, |
|
1045 | 1045 | ) |
|
1046 | 1046 | coreconfigitem('share', 'poolnaming', |
|
1047 | 1047 | default='identity', |
|
1048 | 1048 | ) |
|
1049 | 1049 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'host', |
|
1050 | 1050 | default=None, |
|
1051 | 1051 | ) |
|
1052 | 1052 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'local_hostname', |
|
1053 | 1053 | default=None, |
|
1054 | 1054 | ) |
|
1055 | 1055 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'password', |
|
1056 | 1056 | default=None, |
|
1057 | 1057 | ) |
|
1058 | 1058 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'port', |
|
1059 | 1059 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1060 | 1060 | ) |
|
1061 | 1061 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'tls', |
|
1062 | 1062 | default='none', |
|
1063 | 1063 | ) |
|
1064 | 1064 | coreconfigitem('smtp', 'username', |
|
1065 | 1065 | default=None, |
|
1066 | 1066 | ) |
|
1067 | 1067 | coreconfigitem('sparse', 'missingwarning', |
|
1068 | 1068 | default=True, |
|
1069 | 1069 | ) |
|
1070 | 1070 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'allowed', |
|
1071 | 1071 | default=dynamicdefault, # to make backporting simpler |
|
1072 | 1072 | ) |
|
1073 | 1073 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'hg:allowed', |
|
1074 | 1074 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1075 | 1075 | ) |
|
1076 | 1076 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'git:allowed', |
|
1077 | 1077 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1078 | 1078 | ) |
|
1079 | 1079 | coreconfigitem('subrepos', 'svn:allowed', |
|
1080 | 1080 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1081 | 1081 | ) |
|
1082 | 1082 | coreconfigitem('templates', '.*', |
|
1083 | 1083 | default=None, |
|
1084 | 1084 | generic=True, |
|
1085 | 1085 | ) |
|
1086 | 1086 | coreconfigitem('trusted', 'groups', |
|
1087 | 1087 | default=list, |
|
1088 | 1088 | ) |
|
1089 | 1089 | coreconfigitem('trusted', 'users', |
|
1090 | 1090 | default=list, |
|
1091 | 1091 | ) |
|
1092 | 1092 | coreconfigitem('ui', '_usedassubrepo', |
|
1093 | 1093 | default=False, |
|
1094 | 1094 | ) |
|
1095 | 1095 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'allowemptycommit', |
|
1096 | 1096 | default=False, |
|
1097 | 1097 | ) |
|
1098 | 1098 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'archivemeta', |
|
1099 | 1099 | default=True, |
|
1100 | 1100 | ) |
|
1101 | 1101 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'askusername', |
|
1102 | 1102 | default=False, |
|
1103 | 1103 | ) |
|
1104 | 1104 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundlefallback', |
|
1105 | 1105 | default=False, |
|
1106 | 1106 | ) |
|
1107 | 1107 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundleprefers', |
|
1108 | 1108 | default=list, |
|
1109 | 1109 | ) |
|
1110 | 1110 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'clonebundles', |
|
1111 | 1111 | default=True, |
|
1112 | 1112 | ) |
|
1113 | 1113 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'color', |
|
1114 | 1114 | default='auto', |
|
1115 | 1115 | ) |
|
1116 | 1116 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'commitsubrepos', |
|
1117 | 1117 | default=False, |
|
1118 | 1118 | ) |
|
1119 | 1119 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'debug', |
|
1120 | 1120 | default=False, |
|
1121 | 1121 | ) |
|
1122 | 1122 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'debugger', |
|
1123 | 1123 | default=None, |
|
1124 | 1124 | ) |
|
1125 | 1125 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'editor', |
|
1126 | 1126 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1127 | 1127 | ) |
|
1128 | 1128 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'fallbackencoding', |
|
1129 | 1129 | default=None, |
|
1130 | 1130 | ) |
|
1131 | 1131 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcecwd', |
|
1132 | 1132 | default=None, |
|
1133 | 1133 | ) |
|
1134 | 1134 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'forcemerge', |
|
1135 | 1135 | default=None, |
|
1136 | 1136 | ) |
|
1137 | 1137 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatdebug', |
|
1138 | 1138 | default=False, |
|
1139 | 1139 | ) |
|
1140 | 1140 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatjson', |
|
1141 | 1141 | default=False, |
|
1142 | 1142 | ) |
|
1143 | 1143 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'formatted', |
|
1144 | 1144 | default=None, |
|
1145 | 1145 | ) |
|
1146 | 1146 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'graphnodetemplate', |
|
1147 | 1147 | default=None, |
|
1148 | 1148 | ) |
|
1149 | 1149 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'history-editing-backup', |
|
1150 | 1150 | default=True, |
|
1151 | 1151 | ) |
|
1152 | 1152 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'interactive', |
|
1153 | 1153 | default=None, |
|
1154 | 1154 | ) |
|
1155 | 1155 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface', |
|
1156 | 1156 | default=None, |
|
1157 | 1157 | ) |
|
1158 | 1158 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'interface.chunkselector', |
|
1159 | 1159 | default=None, |
|
1160 | 1160 | ) |
|
1161 | 1161 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'large-file-limit', |
|
1162 | 1162 | default=10000000, |
|
1163 | 1163 | ) |
|
1164 | 1164 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'logblockedtimes', |
|
1165 | 1165 | default=False, |
|
1166 | 1166 | ) |
|
1167 | 1167 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'logtemplate', |
|
1168 | 1168 | default=None, |
|
1169 | 1169 | ) |
|
1170 | 1170 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'merge', |
|
1171 | 1171 | default=None, |
|
1172 | 1172 | ) |
|
1173 | 1173 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkers', |
|
1174 | 1174 | default='basic', |
|
1175 | 1175 | ) |
|
1176 | 1176 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'mergemarkertemplate', |
|
1177 | 1177 | default=('{node|short} ' |
|
1178 | 1178 | '{ifeq(tags, "tip", "", ' |
|
1179 | 1179 | 'ifeq(tags, "", "", "{tags} "))}' |
|
1180 | 1180 | '{if(bookmarks, "{bookmarks} ")}' |
|
1181 | 1181 | '{ifeq(branch, "default", "", "{branch} ")}' |
|
1182 | 1182 | '- {author|user}: {desc|firstline}') |
|
1183 | 1183 | ) |
|
1184 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'message-output', | |
|
1185 | default='stdio', | |
|
1186 | ) | |
|
1184 | 1187 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'nontty', |
|
1185 | 1188 | default=False, |
|
1186 | 1189 | ) |
|
1187 | 1190 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'origbackuppath', |
|
1188 | 1191 | default=None, |
|
1189 | 1192 | ) |
|
1190 | 1193 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'paginate', |
|
1191 | 1194 | default=True, |
|
1192 | 1195 | ) |
|
1193 | 1196 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'patch', |
|
1194 | 1197 | default=None, |
|
1195 | 1198 | ) |
|
1196 | 1199 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'pre-merge-tool-output-template', |
|
1197 | 1200 | default=None, |
|
1198 | 1201 | ) |
|
1199 | 1202 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'portablefilenames', |
|
1200 | 1203 | default='warn', |
|
1201 | 1204 | ) |
|
1202 | 1205 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'promptecho', |
|
1203 | 1206 | default=False, |
|
1204 | 1207 | ) |
|
1205 | 1208 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'quiet', |
|
1206 | 1209 | default=False, |
|
1207 | 1210 | ) |
|
1208 | 1211 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'quietbookmarkmove', |
|
1209 | 1212 | default=False, |
|
1210 | 1213 | ) |
|
1211 | 1214 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'remotecmd', |
|
1212 | 1215 | default='hg', |
|
1213 | 1216 | ) |
|
1214 | 1217 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'report_untrusted', |
|
1215 | 1218 | default=True, |
|
1216 | 1219 | ) |
|
1217 | 1220 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'rollback', |
|
1218 | 1221 | default=True, |
|
1219 | 1222 | ) |
|
1220 | 1223 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'signal-safe-lock', |
|
1221 | 1224 | default=True, |
|
1222 | 1225 | ) |
|
1223 | 1226 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'slash', |
|
1224 | 1227 | default=False, |
|
1225 | 1228 | ) |
|
1226 | 1229 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssh', |
|
1227 | 1230 | default='ssh', |
|
1228 | 1231 | ) |
|
1229 | 1232 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'ssherrorhint', |
|
1230 | 1233 | default=None, |
|
1231 | 1234 | ) |
|
1232 | 1235 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'statuscopies', |
|
1233 | 1236 | default=False, |
|
1234 | 1237 | ) |
|
1235 | 1238 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'strict', |
|
1236 | 1239 | default=False, |
|
1237 | 1240 | ) |
|
1238 | 1241 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'style', |
|
1239 | 1242 | default='', |
|
1240 | 1243 | ) |
|
1241 | 1244 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'supportcontact', |
|
1242 | 1245 | default=None, |
|
1243 | 1246 | ) |
|
1244 | 1247 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'textwidth', |
|
1245 | 1248 | default=78, |
|
1246 | 1249 | ) |
|
1247 | 1250 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout', |
|
1248 | 1251 | default='600', |
|
1249 | 1252 | ) |
|
1250 | 1253 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'timeout.warn', |
|
1251 | 1254 | default=0, |
|
1252 | 1255 | ) |
|
1253 | 1256 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'traceback', |
|
1254 | 1257 | default=False, |
|
1255 | 1258 | ) |
|
1256 | 1259 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'tweakdefaults', |
|
1257 | 1260 | default=False, |
|
1258 | 1261 | ) |
|
1259 | 1262 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'username', |
|
1260 | 1263 | alias=[('ui', 'user')] |
|
1261 | 1264 | ) |
|
1262 | 1265 | coreconfigitem('ui', 'verbose', |
|
1263 | 1266 | default=False, |
|
1264 | 1267 | ) |
|
1265 | 1268 | coreconfigitem('verify', 'skipflags', |
|
1266 | 1269 | default=None, |
|
1267 | 1270 | ) |
|
1268 | 1271 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allowbz2', |
|
1269 | 1272 | default=False, |
|
1270 | 1273 | ) |
|
1271 | 1274 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allowgz', |
|
1272 | 1275 | default=False, |
|
1273 | 1276 | ) |
|
1274 | 1277 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-pull', |
|
1275 | 1278 | alias=[('web', 'allowpull')], |
|
1276 | 1279 | default=True, |
|
1277 | 1280 | ) |
|
1278 | 1281 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-push', |
|
1279 | 1282 | alias=[('web', 'allow_push')], |
|
1280 | 1283 | default=list, |
|
1281 | 1284 | ) |
|
1282 | 1285 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allowzip', |
|
1283 | 1286 | default=False, |
|
1284 | 1287 | ) |
|
1285 | 1288 | coreconfigitem('web', 'archivesubrepos', |
|
1286 | 1289 | default=False, |
|
1287 | 1290 | ) |
|
1288 | 1291 | coreconfigitem('web', 'cache', |
|
1289 | 1292 | default=True, |
|
1290 | 1293 | ) |
|
1291 | 1294 | coreconfigitem('web', 'contact', |
|
1292 | 1295 | default=None, |
|
1293 | 1296 | ) |
|
1294 | 1297 | coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_push', |
|
1295 | 1298 | default=list, |
|
1296 | 1299 | ) |
|
1297 | 1300 | coreconfigitem('web', 'guessmime', |
|
1298 | 1301 | default=False, |
|
1299 | 1302 | ) |
|
1300 | 1303 | coreconfigitem('web', 'hidden', |
|
1301 | 1304 | default=False, |
|
1302 | 1305 | ) |
|
1303 | 1306 | coreconfigitem('web', 'labels', |
|
1304 | 1307 | default=list, |
|
1305 | 1308 | ) |
|
1306 | 1309 | coreconfigitem('web', 'logoimg', |
|
1307 | 1310 | default='hglogo.png', |
|
1308 | 1311 | ) |
|
1309 | 1312 | coreconfigitem('web', 'logourl', |
|
1310 | 1313 | default='https://mercurial-scm.org/', |
|
1311 | 1314 | ) |
|
1312 | 1315 | coreconfigitem('web', 'accesslog', |
|
1313 | 1316 | default='-', |
|
1314 | 1317 | ) |
|
1315 | 1318 | coreconfigitem('web', 'address', |
|
1316 | 1319 | default='', |
|
1317 | 1320 | ) |
|
1318 | 1321 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow-archive', |
|
1319 | 1322 | alias=[('web', 'allow_archive')], |
|
1320 | 1323 | default=list, |
|
1321 | 1324 | ) |
|
1322 | 1325 | coreconfigitem('web', 'allow_read', |
|
1323 | 1326 | default=list, |
|
1324 | 1327 | ) |
|
1325 | 1328 | coreconfigitem('web', 'baseurl', |
|
1326 | 1329 | default=None, |
|
1327 | 1330 | ) |
|
1328 | 1331 | coreconfigitem('web', 'cacerts', |
|
1329 | 1332 | default=None, |
|
1330 | 1333 | ) |
|
1331 | 1334 | coreconfigitem('web', 'certificate', |
|
1332 | 1335 | default=None, |
|
1333 | 1336 | ) |
|
1334 | 1337 | coreconfigitem('web', 'collapse', |
|
1335 | 1338 | default=False, |
|
1336 | 1339 | ) |
|
1337 | 1340 | coreconfigitem('web', 'csp', |
|
1338 | 1341 | default=None, |
|
1339 | 1342 | ) |
|
1340 | 1343 | coreconfigitem('web', 'deny_read', |
|
1341 | 1344 | default=list, |
|
1342 | 1345 | ) |
|
1343 | 1346 | coreconfigitem('web', 'descend', |
|
1344 | 1347 | default=True, |
|
1345 | 1348 | ) |
|
1346 | 1349 | coreconfigitem('web', 'description', |
|
1347 | 1350 | default="", |
|
1348 | 1351 | ) |
|
1349 | 1352 | coreconfigitem('web', 'encoding', |
|
1350 | 1353 | default=lambda: encoding.encoding, |
|
1351 | 1354 | ) |
|
1352 | 1355 | coreconfigitem('web', 'errorlog', |
|
1353 | 1356 | default='-', |
|
1354 | 1357 | ) |
|
1355 | 1358 | coreconfigitem('web', 'ipv6', |
|
1356 | 1359 | default=False, |
|
1357 | 1360 | ) |
|
1358 | 1361 | coreconfigitem('web', 'maxchanges', |
|
1359 | 1362 | default=10, |
|
1360 | 1363 | ) |
|
1361 | 1364 | coreconfigitem('web', 'maxfiles', |
|
1362 | 1365 | default=10, |
|
1363 | 1366 | ) |
|
1364 | 1367 | coreconfigitem('web', 'maxshortchanges', |
|
1365 | 1368 | default=60, |
|
1366 | 1369 | ) |
|
1367 | 1370 | coreconfigitem('web', 'motd', |
|
1368 | 1371 | default='', |
|
1369 | 1372 | ) |
|
1370 | 1373 | coreconfigitem('web', 'name', |
|
1371 | 1374 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1372 | 1375 | ) |
|
1373 | 1376 | coreconfigitem('web', 'port', |
|
1374 | 1377 | default=8000, |
|
1375 | 1378 | ) |
|
1376 | 1379 | coreconfigitem('web', 'prefix', |
|
1377 | 1380 | default='', |
|
1378 | 1381 | ) |
|
1379 | 1382 | coreconfigitem('web', 'push_ssl', |
|
1380 | 1383 | default=True, |
|
1381 | 1384 | ) |
|
1382 | 1385 | coreconfigitem('web', 'refreshinterval', |
|
1383 | 1386 | default=20, |
|
1384 | 1387 | ) |
|
1385 | 1388 | coreconfigitem('web', 'server-header', |
|
1386 | 1389 | default=None, |
|
1387 | 1390 | ) |
|
1388 | 1391 | coreconfigitem('web', 'static', |
|
1389 | 1392 | default=None, |
|
1390 | 1393 | ) |
|
1391 | 1394 | coreconfigitem('web', 'staticurl', |
|
1392 | 1395 | default=None, |
|
1393 | 1396 | ) |
|
1394 | 1397 | coreconfigitem('web', 'stripes', |
|
1395 | 1398 | default=1, |
|
1396 | 1399 | ) |
|
1397 | 1400 | coreconfigitem('web', 'style', |
|
1398 | 1401 | default='paper', |
|
1399 | 1402 | ) |
|
1400 | 1403 | coreconfigitem('web', 'templates', |
|
1401 | 1404 | default=None, |
|
1402 | 1405 | ) |
|
1403 | 1406 | coreconfigitem('web', 'view', |
|
1404 | 1407 | default='served', |
|
1405 | 1408 | ) |
|
1406 | 1409 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclose', |
|
1407 | 1410 | default=dynamicdefault, |
|
1408 | 1411 | ) |
|
1409 | 1412 | # Windows defaults to a limit of 512 open files. A buffer of 128 |
|
1410 | 1413 | # should give us enough headway. |
|
1411 | 1414 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosemaxqueue', |
|
1412 | 1415 | default=384, |
|
1413 | 1416 | ) |
|
1414 | 1417 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundcloseminfilecount', |
|
1415 | 1418 | default=2048, |
|
1416 | 1419 | ) |
|
1417 | 1420 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'backgroundclosethreadcount', |
|
1418 | 1421 | default=4, |
|
1419 | 1422 | ) |
|
1420 | 1423 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'enabled', |
|
1421 | 1424 | default=True, |
|
1422 | 1425 | ) |
|
1423 | 1426 | coreconfigitem('worker', 'numcpus', |
|
1424 | 1427 | default=None, |
|
1425 | 1428 | ) |
|
1426 | 1429 | |
|
1427 | 1430 | # Rebase related configuration moved to core because other extension are doing |
|
1428 | 1431 | # strange things. For example, shelve import the extensions to reuse some bit |
|
1429 | 1432 | # without formally loading it. |
|
1430 | 1433 | coreconfigitem('commands', 'rebase.requiredest', |
|
1431 | 1434 | default=False, |
|
1432 | 1435 | ) |
|
1433 | 1436 | coreconfigitem('experimental', 'rebaseskipobsolete', |
|
1434 | 1437 | default=True, |
|
1435 | 1438 | ) |
|
1436 | 1439 | coreconfigitem('rebase', 'singletransaction', |
|
1437 | 1440 | default=False, |
|
1438 | 1441 | ) |
|
1439 | 1442 | coreconfigitem('rebase', 'experimental.inmemory', |
|
1440 | 1443 | default=False, |
|
1441 | 1444 | ) |
@@ -1,2745 +1,2753 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
2 | 2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | Troubleshooting |
|
5 | 5 | =============== |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, |
|
8 | 8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing |
|
9 | 9 | a setting into your environment. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` |
|
12 | 12 | for information about how and where to override things. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | Structure |
|
15 | 15 | ========= |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
18 | 18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
19 | 19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | [ui] |
|
22 | 22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
23 | 23 | verbose = True |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
26 | 26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | Files |
|
29 | 29 | ===== |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
32 | 32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
33 | 33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: |
|
34 | 34 | |
|
35 | 35 | Local configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | Global configuration like the username setting is typically put into: |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | .. container:: windows |
|
40 | 40 | |
|
41 | 41 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` (on Windows) |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (on Unix, Plan9) |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
48 | 48 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
49 | 49 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
50 | 50 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
51 | 51 | ones. |
|
52 | 52 | |
|
53 | 53 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
56 | 56 | |
|
57 | 57 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
58 | 58 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
59 | 59 | - ``${XDG_CONFIG_HOME:-$HOME/.config}/hg/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
60 | 60 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
61 | 61 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
62 | 62 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
63 | 63 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
64 | 64 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
65 | 65 | |
|
66 | 66 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
67 | 67 | |
|
68 | 68 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
71 | 71 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
72 | 72 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
73 | 73 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
74 | 74 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
75 | 75 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) |
|
76 | 76 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
77 | 77 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
78 | 78 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | .. note:: |
|
81 | 81 | |
|
82 | 82 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
83 | 83 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
84 | 84 | |
|
85 | 85 | .. container:: windows |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | On Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. |
|
88 | 88 | |
|
89 | 89 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
90 | 90 | |
|
91 | 91 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
94 | 94 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
95 | 95 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
96 | 96 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
97 | 97 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
98 | 98 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
99 | 99 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
100 | 100 | |
|
101 | 101 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
102 | 102 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
103 | 103 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
104 | 104 | this file override options in all other configuration files. |
|
105 | 105 | |
|
106 | 106 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | On Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
109 | 109 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See |
|
110 | 110 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. Options |
|
113 | 113 | in these files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
114 | 114 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
115 | 115 | options. |
|
116 | 116 | |
|
117 | 117 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
118 | 118 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
119 | 119 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | .. container:: unix.plan9 |
|
122 | 122 | |
|
123 | 123 | For example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial |
|
124 | 124 | will look in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these |
|
125 | 125 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any |
|
126 | 126 | directory. |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
129 | 129 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
130 | 130 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
131 | 131 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
132 | 132 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
133 | 133 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
134 | 134 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
137 | 137 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
138 | 138 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
139 | 139 | override per-installation options. |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
142 | 142 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
143 | 143 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
144 | 144 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
145 | 145 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
146 | 146 | there. |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | Syntax |
|
149 | 149 | ====== |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
152 | 152 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
153 | 153 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | [spam] |
|
156 | 156 | eggs=ham |
|
157 | 157 | green= |
|
158 | 158 | eggs |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
161 | 161 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
162 | 162 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
163 | 163 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
166 | 166 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
167 | 167 | |
|
168 | 168 | [spam] |
|
169 | 169 | eggs=large |
|
170 | 170 | ham=serrano |
|
171 | 171 | eggs=small |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
174 | 174 | |
|
175 | 175 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
176 | 176 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
177 | 177 | example:: |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | [foo] |
|
180 | 180 | eggs=large |
|
181 | 181 | ham=serrano |
|
182 | 182 | eggs=small |
|
183 | 183 | |
|
184 | 184 | [bar] |
|
185 | 185 | eggs=ham |
|
186 | 186 | green= |
|
187 | 187 | eggs |
|
188 | 188 | |
|
189 | 189 | [foo] |
|
190 | 190 | ham=prosciutto |
|
191 | 191 | eggs=medium |
|
192 | 192 | bread=toasted |
|
193 | 193 | |
|
194 | 194 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
195 | 195 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
196 | 196 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
197 | 197 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
198 | 198 | |
|
199 | 199 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
200 | 200 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
201 | 201 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
202 | 202 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
203 | 203 | above. |
|
204 | 204 | |
|
205 | 205 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
206 | 206 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
207 | 207 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
208 | 208 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
209 | 209 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
210 | 210 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
211 | 211 | |
|
212 | 212 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
213 | 213 | |
|
214 | 214 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
217 | 217 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
218 | 218 | |
|
219 | 219 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
220 | 220 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
221 | 221 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
222 | 222 | (all case insensitive). |
|
223 | 223 | |
|
224 | 224 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
225 | 225 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
226 | 226 | |
|
227 | 227 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
228 | 228 | |
|
229 | 229 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
230 | 230 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
231 | 231 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
232 | 232 | |
|
233 | 233 | Sections |
|
234 | 234 | ======== |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
237 | 237 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
238 | 238 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | ``alias`` |
|
241 | 241 | --------- |
|
242 | 242 | |
|
243 | 243 | Defines command aliases. |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
246 | 246 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
247 | 247 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
248 | 248 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
249 | 249 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
250 | 250 | command to be executed. |
|
251 | 251 | |
|
252 | 252 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
253 | 253 | |
|
254 | 254 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
255 | 255 | |
|
256 | 256 | For example, this definition:: |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
259 | 259 | |
|
260 | 260 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
261 | 261 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
262 | 262 | |
|
263 | 263 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
264 | 264 | |
|
265 | 265 | .. note:: |
|
266 | 266 | |
|
267 | 267 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
268 | 268 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
269 | 269 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
270 | 270 | |
|
271 | 271 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
272 | 272 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
273 | 273 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
274 | 274 | |
|
275 | 275 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
276 | 276 | |
|
277 | 277 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
278 | 278 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
279 | 279 | |
|
280 | 280 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 re: | xargs -0 rm -f |
|
281 | 281 | |
|
282 | 282 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
283 | 283 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
284 | 284 | |
|
285 | 285 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
286 | 286 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
287 | 287 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
288 | 288 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
289 | 289 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
290 | 290 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
291 | 291 | |
|
292 | 292 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
293 | 293 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
294 | 294 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
295 | 295 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
296 | 296 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
297 | 297 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
298 | 298 | |
|
299 | 299 | .. note:: |
|
300 | 300 | |
|
301 | 301 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
302 | 302 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
303 | 303 | aliases. |
|
304 | 304 | |
|
305 | 305 | |
|
306 | 306 | ``annotate`` |
|
307 | 307 | ------------ |
|
308 | 308 | |
|
309 | 309 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
310 | 310 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for |
|
311 | 311 | related options for the diff command. |
|
312 | 312 | |
|
313 | 313 | ``ignorews`` |
|
314 | 314 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
315 | 315 | |
|
316 | 316 | ``ignorewseol`` |
|
317 | 317 | Ignore white space at the end of a line when comparing lines. |
|
318 | 318 | |
|
319 | 319 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
320 | 320 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
321 | 321 | |
|
322 | 322 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
323 | 323 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
324 | 324 | |
|
325 | 325 | |
|
326 | 326 | ``auth`` |
|
327 | 327 | -------- |
|
328 | 328 | |
|
329 | 329 | Authentication credentials and other authentication-like configuration |
|
330 | 330 | for HTTP connections. This section allows you to store usernames and |
|
331 | 331 | passwords for use when logging *into* HTTP servers. See |
|
332 | 332 | :hg:`help config.web` if you want to configure *who* can login to |
|
333 | 333 | your HTTP server. |
|
334 | 334 | |
|
335 | 335 | The following options apply to all hosts. |
|
336 | 336 | |
|
337 | 337 | ``cookiefile`` |
|
338 | 338 | Path to a file containing HTTP cookie lines. Cookies matching a |
|
339 | 339 | host will be sent automatically. |
|
340 | 340 | |
|
341 | 341 | The file format uses the Mozilla cookies.txt format, which defines cookies |
|
342 | 342 | on their own lines. Each line contains 7 fields delimited by the tab |
|
343 | 343 | character (domain, is_domain_cookie, path, is_secure, expires, name, |
|
344 | 344 | value). For more info, do an Internet search for "Netscape cookies.txt |
|
345 | 345 | format." |
|
346 | 346 | |
|
347 | 347 | Note: the cookies parser does not handle port numbers on domains. You |
|
348 | 348 | will need to remove ports from the domain for the cookie to be recognized. |
|
349 | 349 | This could result in a cookie being disclosed to an unwanted server. |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | The cookies file is read-only. |
|
352 | 352 | |
|
353 | 353 | Other options in this section are grouped by name and have the following |
|
354 | 354 | format:: |
|
355 | 355 | |
|
356 | 356 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
357 | 357 | |
|
358 | 358 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
359 | 359 | entries. Example:: |
|
360 | 360 | |
|
361 | 361 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.de/mercurial |
|
362 | 362 | foo.username = foo |
|
363 | 363 | foo.password = bar |
|
364 | 364 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
365 | 365 | |
|
366 | 366 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
367 | 367 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
368 | 368 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
369 | 369 | bar.schemes = https |
|
370 | 370 | |
|
371 | 371 | Supported arguments: |
|
372 | 372 | |
|
373 | 373 | ``prefix`` |
|
374 | 374 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
375 | 375 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
376 | 376 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
377 | 377 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
378 | 378 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
379 | 379 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
380 | 380 | |
|
381 | 381 | ``username`` |
|
382 | 382 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
383 | 383 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
384 | 384 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
385 | 385 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
386 | 386 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
387 | 387 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
388 | 388 | |
|
389 | 389 | ``password`` |
|
390 | 390 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
391 | 391 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
392 | 392 | will be prompted for it. |
|
393 | 393 | |
|
394 | 394 | ``key`` |
|
395 | 395 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
396 | 396 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
397 | 397 | |
|
398 | 398 | ``cert`` |
|
399 | 399 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
400 | 400 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
401 | 401 | |
|
402 | 402 | ``schemes`` |
|
403 | 403 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
404 | 404 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
405 | 405 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
406 | 406 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
407 | 407 | (default: https) |
|
408 | 408 | |
|
409 | 409 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
410 | 410 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
411 | 411 | |
|
412 | 412 | ``color`` |
|
413 | 413 | --------- |
|
414 | 414 | |
|
415 | 415 | Configure the Mercurial color mode. For details about how to define your custom |
|
416 | 416 | effect and style see :hg:`help color`. |
|
417 | 417 | |
|
418 | 418 | ``mode`` |
|
419 | 419 | String: control the method used to output color. One of ``auto``, ``ansi``, |
|
420 | 420 | ``win32``, ``terminfo`` or ``debug``. In auto mode, Mercurial will |
|
421 | 421 | use ANSI mode by default (or win32 mode prior to Windows 10) if it detects a |
|
422 | 422 | terminal. Any invalid value will disable color. |
|
423 | 423 | |
|
424 | 424 | ``pagermode`` |
|
425 | 425 | String: optional override of ``color.mode`` used with pager. |
|
426 | 426 | |
|
427 | 427 | On some systems, terminfo mode may cause problems when using |
|
428 | 428 | color with ``less -R`` as a pager program. less with the -R option |
|
429 | 429 | will only display ECMA-48 color codes, and terminfo mode may sometimes |
|
430 | 430 | emit codes that less doesn't understand. You can work around this by |
|
431 | 431 | either using ansi mode (or auto mode), or by using less -r (which will |
|
432 | 432 | pass through all terminal control codes, not just color control |
|
433 | 433 | codes). |
|
434 | 434 | |
|
435 | 435 | On some systems (such as MSYS in Windows), the terminal may support |
|
436 | 436 | a different color mode than the pager program. |
|
437 | 437 | |
|
438 | 438 | ``commands`` |
|
439 | 439 | ------------ |
|
440 | 440 | |
|
441 | 441 | ``resolve.confirm`` |
|
442 | 442 | Confirm before performing action if no filename is passed. |
|
443 | 443 | (default: False) |
|
444 | 444 | |
|
445 | 445 | ``resolve.explicit-re-merge`` |
|
446 | 446 | Require uses of ``hg resolve`` to specify which action it should perform, |
|
447 | 447 | instead of re-merging files by default. |
|
448 | 448 | (default: False) |
|
449 | 449 | |
|
450 | 450 | ``resolve.mark-check`` |
|
451 | 451 | Determines what level of checking :hg:`resolve --mark` will perform before |
|
452 | 452 | marking files as resolved. Valid values are ``none`, ``warn``, and |
|
453 | 453 | ``abort``. ``warn`` will output a warning listing the file(s) that still |
|
454 | 454 | have conflict markers in them, but will still mark everything resolved. |
|
455 | 455 | ``abort`` will output the same warning but will not mark things as resolved. |
|
456 | 456 | If --all is passed and this is set to ``abort``, only a warning will be |
|
457 | 457 | shown (an error will not be raised). |
|
458 | 458 | (default: ``none``) |
|
459 | 459 | |
|
460 | 460 | ``status.relative`` |
|
461 | 461 | Make paths in :hg:`status` output relative to the current directory. |
|
462 | 462 | (default: False) |
|
463 | 463 | |
|
464 | 464 | ``status.terse`` |
|
465 | 465 | Default value for the --terse flag, which condenes status output. |
|
466 | 466 | (default: empty) |
|
467 | 467 | |
|
468 | 468 | ``update.check`` |
|
469 | 469 | Determines what level of checking :hg:`update` will perform before moving |
|
470 | 470 | to a destination revision. Valid values are ``abort``, ``none``, |
|
471 | 471 | ``linear``, and ``noconflict``. ``abort`` always fails if the working |
|
472 | 472 | directory has uncommitted changes. ``none`` performs no checking, and may |
|
473 | 473 | result in a merge with uncommitted changes. ``linear`` allows any update |
|
474 | 474 | as long as it follows a straight line in the revision history, and may |
|
475 | 475 | trigger a merge with uncommitted changes. ``noconflict`` will allow any |
|
476 | 476 | update which would not trigger a merge with uncommitted changes, if any |
|
477 | 477 | are present. |
|
478 | 478 | (default: ``linear``) |
|
479 | 479 | |
|
480 | 480 | ``update.requiredest`` |
|
481 | 481 | Require that the user pass a destination when running :hg:`update`. |
|
482 | 482 | For example, :hg:`update .::` will be allowed, but a plain :hg:`update` |
|
483 | 483 | will be disallowed. |
|
484 | 484 | (default: False) |
|
485 | 485 | |
|
486 | 486 | ``committemplate`` |
|
487 | 487 | ------------------ |
|
488 | 488 | |
|
489 | 489 | ``changeset`` |
|
490 | 490 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
491 | 491 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
492 | 492 | |
|
493 | 493 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
494 | 494 | below can be used for customization: |
|
495 | 495 | |
|
496 | 496 | ``extramsg`` |
|
497 | 497 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
498 | 498 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
499 | 499 | |
|
500 | 500 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
501 | 501 | one shown by default:: |
|
502 | 502 | |
|
503 | 503 | [committemplate] |
|
504 | 504 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
505 | 505 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
506 | 506 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
507 | 507 | HG: -- |
|
508 | 508 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
509 | 509 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
510 | 510 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
511 | 511 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
512 | 512 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
513 | 513 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
514 | 514 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
515 | 515 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
516 | 516 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
517 | 517 | |
|
518 | 518 | ``diff()`` |
|
519 | 519 | String: show the diff (see :hg:`help templates` for detail) |
|
520 | 520 | |
|
521 | 521 | Sometimes it is helpful to show the diff of the changeset in the editor without |
|
522 | 522 | having to prefix 'HG: ' to each line so that highlighting works correctly. For |
|
523 | 523 | this, Mercurial provides a special string which will ignore everything below |
|
524 | 524 | it:: |
|
525 | 525 | |
|
526 | 526 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
527 | 527 | |
|
528 | 528 | For example, the template configuration below will show the diff below the |
|
529 | 529 | extra message:: |
|
530 | 530 | |
|
531 | 531 | [committemplate] |
|
532 | 532 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
533 | 533 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
534 | 534 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
535 | 535 | HG: ------------------------ >8 ------------------------ |
|
536 | 536 | HG: Do not touch the line above. |
|
537 | 537 | HG: Everything below will be removed. |
|
538 | 538 | {diff()} |
|
539 | 539 | |
|
540 | 540 | .. note:: |
|
541 | 541 | |
|
542 | 542 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
543 | 543 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
544 | 544 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
545 | 545 | |
|
546 | 546 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
547 | 547 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
548 | 548 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
549 | 549 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
550 | 550 | |
|
551 | 551 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
552 | 552 | required): |
|
553 | 553 | |
|
554 | 554 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
555 | 555 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
556 | 556 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
557 | 557 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
558 | 558 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
559 | 559 | - :hg:`import` |
|
560 | 560 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
561 | 561 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
562 | 562 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
563 | 563 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
564 | 564 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
565 | 565 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
566 | 566 | |
|
567 | 567 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
568 | 568 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
569 | 569 | messages for each action. |
|
570 | 570 | |
|
571 | 571 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
572 | 572 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
573 | 573 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
574 | 574 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
575 | 575 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
576 | 576 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
577 | 577 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
578 | 578 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
579 | 579 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
580 | 580 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
581 | 581 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
582 | 582 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
583 | 583 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
584 | 584 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
585 | 585 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
586 | 586 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
587 | 587 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
588 | 588 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
589 | 589 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
590 | 590 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
591 | 591 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
592 | 592 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
593 | 593 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
594 | 594 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
595 | 595 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
596 | 596 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
597 | 597 | |
|
598 | 598 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
599 | 599 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
600 | 600 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
601 | 601 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
602 | 602 | |
|
603 | 603 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding |
|
604 | 604 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
605 | 605 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment |
|
606 | 606 | variable. |
|
607 | 607 | |
|
608 | 608 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
609 | 609 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
610 | 610 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
611 | 611 | |
|
612 | 612 | [committemplate] |
|
613 | 613 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
614 | 614 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
615 | 615 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
616 | 616 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
617 | 617 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
618 | 618 | |
|
619 | 619 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
620 | 620 | ----------------- |
|
621 | 621 | |
|
622 | 622 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
623 | 623 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
624 | 624 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
625 | 625 | |
|
626 | 626 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
627 | 627 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
628 | 628 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
629 | 629 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
630 | 630 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
631 | 631 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
632 | 632 | |
|
633 | 633 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
634 | 634 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
635 | 635 | |
|
636 | 636 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
637 | 637 | data on stdout. |
|
638 | 638 | |
|
639 | 639 | Pipe example:: |
|
640 | 640 | |
|
641 | 641 | [encode] |
|
642 | 642 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
643 | 643 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
644 | 644 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
645 | 645 | |
|
646 | 646 | [decode] |
|
647 | 647 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
648 | 648 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
649 | 649 | *.gz = gzip |
|
650 | 650 | |
|
651 | 651 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
652 | 652 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
653 | 653 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
654 | 654 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
655 | 655 | the command. |
|
656 | 656 | |
|
657 | 657 | .. container:: windows |
|
658 | 658 | |
|
659 | 659 | .. note:: |
|
660 | 660 | |
|
661 | 661 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
662 | 662 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
663 | 663 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
664 | 664 | |
|
665 | 665 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
666 | 666 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
667 | 667 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
668 | 668 | |
|
669 | 669 | |
|
670 | 670 | ``defaults`` |
|
671 | 671 | ------------ |
|
672 | 672 | |
|
673 | 673 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
674 | 674 | |
|
675 | 675 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
676 | 676 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
677 | 677 | |
|
678 | 678 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
679 | 679 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
680 | 680 | |
|
681 | 681 | [defaults] |
|
682 | 682 | log = -v |
|
683 | 683 | status = -m |
|
684 | 684 | |
|
685 | 685 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
686 | 686 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
687 | 687 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
688 | 688 | |
|
689 | 689 | |
|
690 | 690 | ``diff`` |
|
691 | 691 | -------- |
|
692 | 692 | |
|
693 | 693 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
694 | 694 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` |
|
695 | 695 | for related options for the annotate command. |
|
696 | 696 | |
|
697 | 697 | ``git`` |
|
698 | 698 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
699 | 699 | |
|
700 | 700 | ``nobinary`` |
|
701 | 701 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
702 | 702 | |
|
703 | 703 | ``nodates`` |
|
704 | 704 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
705 | 705 | |
|
706 | 706 | ``noprefix`` |
|
707 | 707 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
708 | 708 | |
|
709 | 709 | ``showfunc`` |
|
710 | 710 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
711 | 711 | |
|
712 | 712 | ``ignorews`` |
|
713 | 713 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
714 | 714 | |
|
715 | 715 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
716 | 716 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
717 | 717 | |
|
718 | 718 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
719 | 719 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
720 | 720 | |
|
721 | 721 | ``unified`` |
|
722 | 722 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
723 | 723 | |
|
724 | 724 | ``word-diff`` |
|
725 | 725 | Highlight changed words. |
|
726 | 726 | |
|
727 | 727 | ``email`` |
|
728 | 728 | --------- |
|
729 | 729 | |
|
730 | 730 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
731 | 731 | |
|
732 | 732 | ``from`` |
|
733 | 733 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
734 | 734 | of outgoing messages. |
|
735 | 735 | |
|
736 | 736 | ``to`` |
|
737 | 737 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
738 | 738 | |
|
739 | 739 | ``cc`` |
|
740 | 740 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
741 | 741 | email addresses. |
|
742 | 742 | |
|
743 | 743 | ``bcc`` |
|
744 | 744 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
745 | 745 | email addresses. |
|
746 | 746 | |
|
747 | 747 | ``method`` |
|
748 | 748 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
749 | 749 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
750 | 750 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
751 | 751 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
752 | 752 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
753 | 753 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
754 | 754 | |
|
755 | 755 | ``charsets`` |
|
756 | 756 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
757 | 757 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
758 | 758 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
759 | 759 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
760 | 760 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
761 | 761 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
762 | 762 | (default: '') |
|
763 | 763 | |
|
764 | 764 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
765 | 765 | |
|
766 | 766 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
767 | 767 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
768 | 768 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
769 | 769 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
770 | 770 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
771 | 771 | |
|
772 | 772 | Email example:: |
|
773 | 773 | |
|
774 | 774 | [email] |
|
775 | 775 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
776 | 776 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
777 | 777 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
778 | 778 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
779 | 779 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
780 | 780 | |
|
781 | 781 | |
|
782 | 782 | ``extensions`` |
|
783 | 783 | -------------- |
|
784 | 784 | |
|
785 | 785 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
786 | 786 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
787 | 787 | |
|
788 | 788 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
789 | 789 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
790 | 790 | after the ``=``. |
|
791 | 791 | |
|
792 | 792 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
793 | 793 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
794 | 794 | defines the extension. |
|
795 | 795 | |
|
796 | 796 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
797 | 797 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
798 | 798 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
799 | 799 | |
|
800 | 800 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
801 | 801 | |
|
802 | 802 | [extensions] |
|
803 | 803 | # (the churn extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
804 | 804 | churn = |
|
805 | 805 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
806 | 806 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
807 | 807 | |
|
808 | 808 | |
|
809 | 809 | ``format`` |
|
810 | 810 | ---------- |
|
811 | 811 | |
|
812 | 812 | Configuration that controls the repository format. Newer format options are more |
|
813 | 813 | powerful but incompatible with some older versions of Mercurial. Format options |
|
814 | 814 | are considered at repository initialization only. You need to make a new clone |
|
815 | 815 | for config change to be taken into account. |
|
816 | 816 | |
|
817 | 817 | For more details about repository format and version compatibility, see |
|
818 | 818 | https://www.mercurial-scm.org/wiki/MissingRequirement |
|
819 | 819 | |
|
820 | 820 | ``usegeneraldelta`` |
|
821 | 821 | Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves |
|
822 | 822 | repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary |
|
823 | 823 | revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant |
|
824 | 824 | improvement for repositories with branches. |
|
825 | 825 | |
|
826 | 826 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.9. |
|
827 | 827 | |
|
828 | 828 | Enabled by default. |
|
829 | 829 | |
|
830 | 830 | ``dotencode`` |
|
831 | 831 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
832 | 832 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
833 | 833 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on |
|
834 | 834 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. |
|
835 | 835 | |
|
836 | 836 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.7. |
|
837 | 837 | |
|
838 | 838 | Enabled by default. |
|
839 | 839 | |
|
840 | 840 | ``usefncache`` |
|
841 | 841 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
842 | 842 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
843 | 843 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
844 | 844 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". |
|
845 | 845 | |
|
846 | 846 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 1.1. |
|
847 | 847 | |
|
848 | 848 | Enabled by default. |
|
849 | 849 | |
|
850 | 850 | ``usestore`` |
|
851 | 851 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
852 | 852 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
853 | 853 | filenames. Disabling this option will allow you to store longer filenames |
|
854 | 854 | in some situations at the expense of compatibility. |
|
855 | 855 | |
|
856 | 856 | Repositories with this on-disk format require Mercurial version 0.9.4. |
|
857 | 857 | |
|
858 | 858 | Enabled by default. |
|
859 | 859 | |
|
860 | 860 | ``graph`` |
|
861 | 861 | --------- |
|
862 | 862 | |
|
863 | 863 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
864 | 864 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
865 | 865 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
866 | 866 | |
|
867 | 867 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
868 | 868 | |
|
869 | 869 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
870 | 870 | |
|
871 | 871 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
872 | 872 | customized. Example:: |
|
873 | 873 | |
|
874 | 874 | [graph] |
|
875 | 875 | # 2px width |
|
876 | 876 | default.width = 2 |
|
877 | 877 | # red color |
|
878 | 878 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
879 | 879 | |
|
880 | 880 | Supported arguments: |
|
881 | 881 | |
|
882 | 882 | ``width`` |
|
883 | 883 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
884 | 884 | |
|
885 | 885 | ``color`` |
|
886 | 886 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
887 | 887 | |
|
888 | 888 | ``hooks`` |
|
889 | 889 | --------- |
|
890 | 890 | |
|
891 | 891 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
892 | 892 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
893 | 893 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
894 | 894 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
895 | 895 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
896 | 896 | by adding a prefix of ``priority.`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
897 | 897 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
898 | 898 | |
|
899 | 899 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
900 | 900 | |
|
901 | 901 | [hooks] |
|
902 | 902 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
903 | 903 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
904 | 904 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
905 | 905 | incoming = |
|
906 | 906 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
907 | 907 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
908 | 908 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
909 | 909 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
910 | 910 | |
|
911 | 911 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
912 | 912 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment variables |
|
913 | 913 | it is passed are listed with names in the form ``$HG_foo``. The |
|
914 | 914 | ``$HG_HOOKTYPE`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME`` variables are set for all hooks. |
|
915 | 915 | They contain the type of hook which triggered the run and the full name |
|
916 | 916 | of the hook in the config, respectively. In the example above, this will |
|
917 | 917 | be ``$HG_HOOKTYPE=incoming`` and ``$HG_HOOKNAME=incoming.email``. |
|
918 | 918 | |
|
919 | 919 | .. container:: windows |
|
920 | 920 | |
|
921 | 921 | Some basic Unix syntax can be enabled for portability, including ``$VAR`` |
|
922 | 922 | and ``${VAR}`` style variables. A ``~`` followed by ``\`` or ``/`` will |
|
923 | 923 | be expanded to ``%USERPROFILE%`` to simulate a subset of tilde expansion |
|
924 | 924 | on Unix. To use a literal ``$`` or ``~``, it must be escaped with a back |
|
925 | 925 | slash or inside of a strong quote. Strong quotes will be replaced by |
|
926 | 926 | double quotes after processing. |
|
927 | 927 | |
|
928 | 928 | This feature is enabled by adding a prefix of ``tonative.`` to the hook |
|
929 | 929 | name on a new line, and setting it to ``True``. For example:: |
|
930 | 930 | |
|
931 | 931 | [hooks] |
|
932 | 932 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
933 | 933 | # enable translation to cmd.exe syntax for autobuild hook |
|
934 | 934 | tonative.incoming.autobuild = True |
|
935 | 935 | |
|
936 | 936 | ``changegroup`` |
|
937 | 937 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. The ID of |
|
938 | 938 | the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. |
|
939 | 939 | The URL from which changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
940 | 940 | |
|
941 | 941 | ``commit`` |
|
942 | 942 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. The ID |
|
943 | 943 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
944 | 944 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
945 | 945 | |
|
946 | 946 | ``incoming`` |
|
947 | 947 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
948 | 948 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
949 | 949 | ``$HG_NODE``. The URL that was source of the changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
950 | 950 | |
|
951 | 951 | ``outgoing`` |
|
952 | 952 | Run after sending changes from the local repository to another. The ID of |
|
953 | 953 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. The source of operation is in |
|
954 | 954 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. Also see :hg:`help config.hooks.preoutgoing`. |
|
955 | 955 | |
|
956 | 956 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
957 | 957 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
958 | 958 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
959 | 959 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
960 | 960 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
961 | 961 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
962 | 962 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
963 | 963 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
964 | 964 | |
|
965 | 965 | ``fail-<command>`` |
|
966 | 966 | Run after a failed invocation of an associated command. The contents |
|
967 | 967 | of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line |
|
968 | 968 | arguments are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain |
|
969 | 969 | string representations of the python data internally passed to |
|
970 | 970 | <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a dictionary of options (with unspecified |
|
971 | 971 | options set to their defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. |
|
972 | 972 | Hook failure is ignored. |
|
973 | 973 | |
|
974 | 974 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
975 | 975 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
976 | 976 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
977 | 977 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
978 | 978 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
979 | 979 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
980 | 980 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
981 | 981 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
982 | 982 | code. |
|
983 | 983 | |
|
984 | 984 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
985 | 985 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
986 | 986 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. A non-zero status will |
|
987 | 987 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. The URL from which changes |
|
988 | 988 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
989 | 989 | |
|
990 | 990 | ``precommit`` |
|
991 | 991 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
992 | 992 | commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
993 | 993 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
994 | 994 | |
|
995 | 995 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
996 | 996 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
997 | 997 | repository. A non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
998 | 998 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
999 | 999 | |
|
1000 | 1000 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
1001 | 1001 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
1002 | 1002 | another. A non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
1003 | 1003 | pull over HTTP or SSH. It can also prevent propagating commits (via |
|
1004 | 1004 | local pull, push (outbound) or bundle commands), but not completely, |
|
1005 | 1005 | since you can just copy files instead. The source of operation is in |
|
1006 | 1006 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", the operation is happening on behalf of a remote |
|
1007 | 1007 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", the operation |
|
1008 | 1008 | is happening on behalf of a repository on same system. |
|
1009 | 1009 | |
|
1010 | 1010 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
1011 | 1011 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
1012 | 1012 | repository. A non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
1013 | 1013 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
1014 | 1014 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
1015 | 1015 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
1016 | 1016 | |
|
1017 | 1017 | ``pretag`` |
|
1018 | 1018 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
1019 | 1019 | created. A non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. The ID of the |
|
1020 | 1020 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The |
|
1021 | 1021 | tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
1022 | 1022 | |
|
1023 | 1023 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
1024 | 1024 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
1025 | 1025 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the |
|
1026 | 1026 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
1027 | 1027 | transaction from being opened. |
|
1028 | 1028 | |
|
1029 | 1029 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
1030 | 1030 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
1031 | 1031 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
1032 | 1032 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero |
|
1033 | 1033 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The reason for the |
|
1034 | 1034 | transaction opening will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for |
|
1035 | 1035 | the transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will |
|
1036 | 1036 | vary according the transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` |
|
1037 | 1037 | (the ID of the first added changeset), ``$HG_NODE_LAST`` (the ID of the last |
|
1038 | 1038 | added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables. Bookmark and |
|
1039 | 1039 | phase changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1`` |
|
1040 | 1040 | respectively, etc. |
|
1041 | 1041 | |
|
1042 | 1042 | ``pretxnclose-bookmark`` |
|
1043 | 1043 | Run right before a bookmark change is actually finalized. Any repository |
|
1044 | 1044 | change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the |
|
1045 | 1045 | transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to |
|
1046 | 1046 | proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. |
|
1047 | 1047 | The name of the bookmark will be available in ``$HG_BOOKMARK``, the new |
|
1048 | 1048 | bookmark location will be available in ``$HG_NODE`` while the previous |
|
1049 | 1049 | location will be available in ``$HG_OLDNODE``. In case of a bookmark |
|
1050 | 1050 | creation ``$HG_OLDNODE`` will be empty. In case of deletion ``$HG_NODE`` |
|
1051 | 1051 | will be empty. |
|
1052 | 1052 | In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
1053 | 1053 | ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
1054 | 1054 | ``HG_TXNID``. |
|
1055 | 1055 | |
|
1056 | 1056 | ``pretxnclose-phase`` |
|
1057 | 1057 | Run right before a phase change is actually finalized. Any repository change |
|
1058 | 1058 | will be visible to the hook program. This lets you validate the transaction |
|
1059 | 1059 | content or change it. Exit status 0 allows the commit to proceed. A non-zero |
|
1060 | 1060 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back. The hook is called |
|
1061 | 1061 | multiple times, once for each revision affected by a phase change. |
|
1062 | 1062 | The affected node is available in ``$HG_NODE``, the phase in ``$HG_PHASE`` |
|
1063 | 1063 | while the previous ``$HG_OLDPHASE``. In case of new node, ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` |
|
1064 | 1064 | will be empty. In addition, the reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
1065 | 1065 | ``$HG_TXNNAME``, and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
1066 | 1066 | ``HG_TXNID``. The hook is also run for newly added revisions. In this case |
|
1067 | 1067 | the ``$HG_OLDPHASE`` entry will be empty. |
|
1068 | 1068 | |
|
1069 | 1069 | ``txnclose`` |
|
1070 | 1070 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
1071 | 1071 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
1072 | 1072 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` for |
|
1073 | 1073 | details about available variables. |
|
1074 | 1074 | |
|
1075 | 1075 | ``txnclose-bookmark`` |
|
1076 | 1076 | Run after any bookmark change has been committed. At this point, the |
|
1077 | 1077 | transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock |
|
1078 | 1078 | is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-bookmark` for details |
|
1079 | 1079 | about available variables. |
|
1080 | 1080 | |
|
1081 | 1081 | ``txnclose-phase`` |
|
1082 | 1082 | Run after any phase change has been committed. At this point, the |
|
1083 | 1083 | transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run after the lock |
|
1084 | 1084 | is released. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose-phase` for details about |
|
1085 | 1085 | available variables. |
|
1086 | 1086 | |
|
1087 | 1087 | ``txnabort`` |
|
1088 | 1088 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.hooks.pretxnclose` |
|
1089 | 1089 | for details about available variables. |
|
1090 | 1090 | |
|
1091 | 1091 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
1092 | 1092 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, but before |
|
1093 | 1093 | the transaction has been committed. The changegroup is visible to the hook |
|
1094 | 1094 | program. This allows validation of incoming changes before accepting them. |
|
1095 | 1095 | The ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE`` and last is in |
|
1096 | 1096 | ``$HG_NODE_LAST``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. A non-zero |
|
1097 | 1097 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back, and the push, pull or |
|
1098 | 1098 | unbundle will fail. The URL that was the source of changes is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
1099 | 1099 | |
|
1100 | 1100 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
1101 | 1101 | Run after a changeset has been created, but before the transaction is |
|
1102 | 1102 | committed. The changeset is visible to the hook program. This allows |
|
1103 | 1103 | validation of the commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
1104 | 1104 | commit to proceed. A non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
1105 | 1105 | be rolled back. The ID of the new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. The parent |
|
1106 | 1106 | changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1107 | 1107 | |
|
1108 | 1108 | ``preupdate`` |
|
1109 | 1109 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
1110 | 1110 | the update to proceed. A non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
1111 | 1111 | The changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a |
|
1112 | 1112 | merge, the ID of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
1113 | 1113 | |
|
1114 | 1114 | ``listkeys`` |
|
1115 | 1115 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
1116 | 1116 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
1117 | 1117 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
1118 | 1118 | |
|
1119 | 1119 | ``pushkey`` |
|
1120 | 1120 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
1121 | 1121 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
1122 | 1122 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
1123 | 1123 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
1124 | 1124 | |
|
1125 | 1125 | ``tag`` |
|
1126 | 1126 | Run after a tag is created. The ID of the tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
1127 | 1127 | The name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. The tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, or in |
|
1128 | 1128 | the repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
1129 | 1129 | |
|
1130 | 1130 | ``update`` |
|
1131 | 1131 | Run after updating the working directory. The changeset ID of first |
|
1132 | 1132 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If updating to a merge, the ID of second new |
|
1133 | 1133 | parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
1134 | 1134 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts were not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
1135 | 1135 | |
|
1136 | 1136 | .. note:: |
|
1137 | 1137 | |
|
1138 | 1138 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
1139 | 1139 | generic pre- and post- command hooks, as they are guaranteed to be |
|
1140 | 1140 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
1141 | 1141 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
1142 | 1142 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
1143 | 1143 | |
|
1144 | 1144 | .. note:: |
|
1145 | 1145 | |
|
1146 | 1146 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
1147 | 1147 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
1148 | 1148 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
1149 | 1149 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
1150 | 1150 | |
|
1151 | 1151 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
1152 | 1152 | |
|
1153 | 1153 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
1154 | 1154 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
1155 | 1155 | |
|
1156 | 1156 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
1157 | 1157 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
1158 | 1158 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
1159 | 1159 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
1160 | 1160 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
1161 | 1161 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
1162 | 1162 | |
|
1163 | 1163 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
1164 | 1164 | is treated as a failure. |
|
1165 | 1165 | |
|
1166 | 1166 | |
|
1167 | 1167 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
1168 | 1168 | -------------------- |
|
1169 | 1169 | |
|
1170 | 1170 | (Deprecated. Use ``[hostsecurity]``'s ``fingerprints`` options instead.) |
|
1171 | 1171 | |
|
1172 | 1172 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
1173 | 1173 | |
|
1174 | 1174 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
1175 | 1175 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
1176 | 1176 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
1177 | 1177 | |
|
1178 | 1178 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
1179 | 1179 | Multiple values can be specified (separated by spaces or commas). This can |
|
1180 | 1180 | be used to define both old and new fingerprints while a host transitions |
|
1181 | 1181 | to a new certificate. |
|
1182 | 1182 | |
|
1183 | 1183 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
1184 | 1184 | |
|
1185 | 1185 | For example:: |
|
1186 | 1186 | |
|
1187 | 1187 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
1188 | 1188 | hg.intevation.de = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1189 | 1189 | hg.intevation.org = fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1190 | 1190 | |
|
1191 | 1191 | ``hostsecurity`` |
|
1192 | 1192 | ---------------- |
|
1193 | 1193 | |
|
1194 | 1194 | Used to specify global and per-host security settings for connecting to |
|
1195 | 1195 | other machines. |
|
1196 | 1196 | |
|
1197 | 1197 | The following options control default behavior for all hosts. |
|
1198 | 1198 | |
|
1199 | 1199 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1200 | 1200 | Defines the cryptographic ciphers to use for connections. |
|
1201 | 1201 | |
|
1202 | 1202 | Value must be a valid OpenSSL Cipher List Format as documented at |
|
1203 | 1203 | https://www.openssl.org/docs/manmaster/apps/ciphers.html#CIPHER-LIST-FORMAT. |
|
1204 | 1204 | |
|
1205 | 1205 | This setting is for advanced users only. Setting to incorrect values |
|
1206 | 1206 | can significantly lower connection security or decrease performance. |
|
1207 | 1207 | You have been warned. |
|
1208 | 1208 | |
|
1209 | 1209 | This option requires Python 2.7. |
|
1210 | 1210 | |
|
1211 | 1211 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1212 | 1212 | Defines the minimum channel encryption protocol to use. |
|
1213 | 1213 | |
|
1214 | 1214 | By default, the highest version of TLS supported by both client and server |
|
1215 | 1215 | is used. |
|
1216 | 1216 | |
|
1217 | 1217 | Allowed values are: ``tls1.0``, ``tls1.1``, ``tls1.2``. |
|
1218 | 1218 | |
|
1219 | 1219 | When running on an old Python version, only ``tls1.0`` is allowed since |
|
1220 | 1220 | old versions of Python only support up to TLS 1.0. |
|
1221 | 1221 | |
|
1222 | 1222 | When running a Python that supports modern TLS versions, the default is |
|
1223 | 1223 | ``tls1.1``. ``tls1.0`` can still be used to allow TLS 1.0. However, this |
|
1224 | 1224 | weakens security and should only be used as a feature of last resort if |
|
1225 | 1225 | a server does not support TLS 1.1+. |
|
1226 | 1226 | |
|
1227 | 1227 | Options in the ``[hostsecurity]`` section can have the form |
|
1228 | 1228 | ``hostname``:``setting``. This allows multiple settings to be defined on a |
|
1229 | 1229 | per-host basis. |
|
1230 | 1230 | |
|
1231 | 1231 | The following per-host settings can be defined. |
|
1232 | 1232 | |
|
1233 | 1233 | ``ciphers`` |
|
1234 | 1234 | This behaves like ``ciphers`` as described above except it only applies |
|
1235 | 1235 | to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1236 | 1236 | |
|
1237 | 1237 | ``fingerprints`` |
|
1238 | 1238 | A list of hashes of the DER encoded peer/remote certificate. Values have |
|
1239 | 1239 | the form ``algorithm``:``fingerprint``. e.g. |
|
1240 | 1240 | ``sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2``. |
|
1241 | 1241 | In addition, colons (``:``) can appear in the fingerprint part. |
|
1242 | 1242 | |
|
1243 | 1243 | The following algorithms/prefixes are supported: ``sha1``, ``sha256``, |
|
1244 | 1244 | ``sha512``. |
|
1245 | 1245 | |
|
1246 | 1246 | Use of ``sha256`` or ``sha512`` is preferred. |
|
1247 | 1247 | |
|
1248 | 1248 | If a fingerprint is specified, the CA chain is not validated for this |
|
1249 | 1249 | host and Mercurial will require the remote certificate to match one |
|
1250 | 1250 | of the fingerprints specified. This means if the server updates its |
|
1251 | 1251 | certificate, Mercurial will abort until a new fingerprint is defined. |
|
1252 | 1252 | This can provide stronger security than traditional CA-based validation |
|
1253 | 1253 | at the expense of convenience. |
|
1254 | 1254 | |
|
1255 | 1255 | This option takes precedence over ``verifycertsfile``. |
|
1256 | 1256 | |
|
1257 | 1257 | ``minimumprotocol`` |
|
1258 | 1258 | This behaves like ``minimumprotocol`` as described above except it |
|
1259 | 1259 | only applies to the host on which it is defined. |
|
1260 | 1260 | |
|
1261 | 1261 | ``verifycertsfile`` |
|
1262 | 1262 | Path to file a containing a list of PEM encoded certificates used to |
|
1263 | 1263 | verify the server certificate. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1264 | 1264 | constructs are expanded in the filename. |
|
1265 | 1265 | |
|
1266 | 1266 | The server certificate or the certificate's certificate authority (CA) |
|
1267 | 1267 | must match a certificate from this file or certificate verification |
|
1268 | 1268 | will fail and connections to the server will be refused. |
|
1269 | 1269 | |
|
1270 | 1270 | If defined, only certificates provided by this file will be used: |
|
1271 | 1271 | ``web.cacerts`` and any system/default certificates will not be |
|
1272 | 1272 | used. |
|
1273 | 1273 | |
|
1274 | 1274 | This option has no effect if the per-host ``fingerprints`` option |
|
1275 | 1275 | is set. |
|
1276 | 1276 | |
|
1277 | 1277 | The format of the file is as follows:: |
|
1278 | 1278 | |
|
1279 | 1279 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1280 | 1280 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1281 | 1281 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1282 | 1282 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1283 | 1283 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1284 | 1284 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1285 | 1285 | |
|
1286 | 1286 | For example:: |
|
1287 | 1287 | |
|
1288 | 1288 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1289 | 1289 | hg.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:c3ab8ff13720e8ad9047dd39466b3c8974e592c2fa383d4a3960714caef0c4f2 |
|
1290 | 1290 | hg2.example.com:fingerprints = sha1:914f1aff87249c09b6859b88b1906d30756491ca, sha1:fc:e2:8d:d9:51:cd:cb:c1:4d:18:6b:b7:44:8d:49:72:57:e6:cd:33 |
|
1291 | 1291 | hg3.example.com:fingerprints = sha256:9a:b0:dc:e2:75:ad:8a:b7:84:58:e5:1f:07:32:f1:87:e6:bd:24:22:af:b7:ce:8e:9c:b4:10:cf:b9:f4:0e:d2 |
|
1292 | 1292 | foo.example.com:verifycertsfile = /etc/ssl/trusted-ca-certs.pem |
|
1293 | 1293 | |
|
1294 | 1294 | To change the default minimum protocol version to TLS 1.2 but to allow TLS 1.1 |
|
1295 | 1295 | when connecting to ``hg.example.com``:: |
|
1296 | 1296 | |
|
1297 | 1297 | [hostsecurity] |
|
1298 | 1298 | minimumprotocol = tls1.2 |
|
1299 | 1299 | hg.example.com:minimumprotocol = tls1.1 |
|
1300 | 1300 | |
|
1301 | 1301 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
1302 | 1302 | -------------- |
|
1303 | 1303 | |
|
1304 | 1304 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
1305 | 1305 | proxy. |
|
1306 | 1306 | |
|
1307 | 1307 | ``host`` |
|
1308 | 1308 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
1309 | 1309 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
1310 | 1310 | |
|
1311 | 1311 | ``no`` |
|
1312 | 1312 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
1313 | 1313 | the proxy. |
|
1314 | 1314 | |
|
1315 | 1315 | ``passwd`` |
|
1316 | 1316 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1317 | 1317 | |
|
1318 | 1318 | ``user`` |
|
1319 | 1319 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
1320 | 1320 | |
|
1321 | 1321 | ``always`` |
|
1322 | 1322 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
1323 | 1323 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) |
|
1324 | 1324 | |
|
1325 | 1325 | ``http`` |
|
1326 | 1326 | ---------- |
|
1327 | 1327 | |
|
1328 | 1328 | Used to configure access to Mercurial repositories via HTTP. |
|
1329 | 1329 | |
|
1330 | 1330 | ``timeout`` |
|
1331 | 1331 | If set, blocking operations will timeout after that many seconds. |
|
1332 | 1332 | (default: None) |
|
1333 | 1333 | |
|
1334 | 1334 | ``merge`` |
|
1335 | 1335 | --------- |
|
1336 | 1336 | |
|
1337 | 1337 | This section specifies behavior during merges and updates. |
|
1338 | 1338 | |
|
1339 | 1339 | ``checkignored`` |
|
1340 | 1340 | Controls behavior when an ignored file on disk has the same name as a tracked |
|
1341 | 1341 | file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has different |
|
1342 | 1342 | contents. Options are ``abort``, ``warn`` and ``ignore``. With ``abort``, |
|
1343 | 1343 | abort on such files. With ``warn``, warn on such files and back them up as |
|
1344 | 1344 | ``.orig``. With ``ignore``, don't print a warning and back them up as |
|
1345 | 1345 | ``.orig``. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1346 | 1346 | |
|
1347 | 1347 | ``checkunknown`` |
|
1348 | 1348 | Controls behavior when an unknown file that isn't ignored has the same name |
|
1349 | 1349 | as a tracked file in the changeset being merged or updated to, and has |
|
1350 | 1350 | different contents. Similar to ``merge.checkignored``, except for files that |
|
1351 | 1351 | are not ignored. (default: ``abort``) |
|
1352 | 1352 | |
|
1353 | 1353 | ``on-failure`` |
|
1354 | 1354 | When set to ``continue`` (the default), the merge process attempts to |
|
1355 | 1355 | merge all unresolved files using the merge chosen tool, regardless of |
|
1356 | 1356 | whether previous file merge attempts during the process succeeded or not. |
|
1357 | 1357 | Setting this to ``prompt`` will prompt after any merge failure continue |
|
1358 | 1358 | or halt the merge process. Setting this to ``halt`` will automatically |
|
1359 | 1359 | halt the merge process on any merge tool failure. The merge process |
|
1360 | 1360 | can be restarted by using the ``resolve`` command. When a merge is |
|
1361 | 1361 | halted, the repository is left in a normal ``unresolved`` merge state. |
|
1362 | 1362 | (default: ``continue``) |
|
1363 | 1363 | |
|
1364 | 1364 | ``strict-capability-check`` |
|
1365 | 1365 | Whether capabilities of internal merge tools are checked strictly |
|
1366 | 1366 | or not, while examining rules to decide merge tool to be used. |
|
1367 | 1367 | (default: False) |
|
1368 | 1368 | |
|
1369 | 1369 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
1370 | 1370 | ------------------ |
|
1371 | 1371 | |
|
1372 | 1372 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
1373 | 1373 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
1374 | 1374 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
1375 | 1375 | root. |
|
1376 | 1376 | |
|
1377 | 1377 | Example:: |
|
1378 | 1378 | |
|
1379 | 1379 | [merge-patterns] |
|
1380 | 1380 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
1381 | 1381 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
1382 | 1382 | |
|
1383 | 1383 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
1384 | 1384 | --------------- |
|
1385 | 1385 | |
|
1386 | 1386 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
1387 | 1387 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
1388 | 1388 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
1389 | 1389 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
1390 | 1390 | |
|
1391 | 1391 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
1392 | 1392 | |
|
1393 | 1393 | [merge-tools] |
|
1394 | 1394 | # Override stock tool location |
|
1395 | 1395 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
1396 | 1396 | # Specify command line |
|
1397 | 1397 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
1398 | 1398 | # Give higher priority |
|
1399 | 1399 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
1400 | 1400 | |
|
1401 | 1401 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
1402 | 1402 | meld.priority = 0 |
|
1403 | 1403 | |
|
1404 | 1404 | # Disable a preconfigured tool |
|
1405 | 1405 | vimdiff.disabled = yes |
|
1406 | 1406 | |
|
1407 | 1407 | # Define new tool |
|
1408 | 1408 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
1409 | 1409 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
1410 | 1410 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
1411 | 1411 | |
|
1412 | 1412 | Supported arguments: |
|
1413 | 1413 | |
|
1414 | 1414 | ``priority`` |
|
1415 | 1415 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1416 | 1416 | (default: 0) |
|
1417 | 1417 | |
|
1418 | 1418 | ``executable`` |
|
1419 | 1419 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. |
|
1420 | 1420 | |
|
1421 | 1421 | .. container:: windows |
|
1422 | 1422 | |
|
1423 | 1423 | On Windows, the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} |
|
1424 | 1424 | syntax. |
|
1425 | 1425 | |
|
1426 | 1426 | (default: the tool name) |
|
1427 | 1427 | |
|
1428 | 1428 | ``args`` |
|
1429 | 1429 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1430 | 1430 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1431 | 1431 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. |
|
1432 | 1432 | |
|
1433 | 1433 | The meaning of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is |
|
1434 | 1434 | being performed. During an update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1435 | 1435 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating to or |
|
1436 | 1436 | the commit you are merging with. During a rebase, ``$local`` represents the |
|
1437 | 1437 | destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the commit being rebased. |
|
1438 | 1438 | |
|
1439 | 1439 | Some operations define custom labels to assist with identifying the revisions, |
|
1440 | 1440 | accessible via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and ``$labelbase``. If custom |
|
1441 | 1441 | labels are not available, these will be ``local``, ``other``, and ``base``, |
|
1442 | 1442 | respectively. |
|
1443 | 1443 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) |
|
1444 | 1444 | |
|
1445 | 1445 | ``premerge`` |
|
1446 | 1446 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1447 | 1447 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or |
|
1448 | 1448 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the |
|
1449 | 1449 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information |
|
1450 | 1450 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in |
|
1451 | 1451 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). |
|
1452 | 1452 | (default: True) |
|
1453 | 1453 | |
|
1454 | 1454 | ``binary`` |
|
1455 | 1455 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool |
|
1456 | 1456 | was selected by file pattern match) |
|
1457 | 1457 | |
|
1458 | 1458 | ``symlink`` |
|
1459 | 1459 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) |
|
1460 | 1460 | |
|
1461 | 1461 | ``check`` |
|
1462 | 1462 | A list of merge success-checking options: |
|
1463 | 1463 | |
|
1464 | 1464 | ``changed`` |
|
1465 | 1465 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1466 | 1466 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1467 | 1467 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1468 | 1468 | ``prompt`` |
|
1469 | 1469 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1470 | 1470 | |
|
1471 | 1471 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1472 | 1472 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1473 | 1473 | (default: False) |
|
1474 | 1474 | |
|
1475 | 1475 | ``gui`` |
|
1476 | 1476 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) |
|
1477 | 1477 | |
|
1478 | 1478 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1479 | 1479 | Controls whether the labels passed via ``$labellocal``, ``$labelother``, and |
|
1480 | 1480 | ``$labelbase`` are ``detailed`` (respecting ``mergemarkertemplate``) or |
|
1481 | 1481 | ``basic``. If ``premerge`` is ``keep`` or ``keep-merge3``, the conflict |
|
1482 | 1482 | markers generated during premerge will be ``detailed`` if either this option or |
|
1483 | 1483 | the corresponding option in the ``[ui]`` section is ``detailed``. |
|
1484 | 1484 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
1485 | 1485 | |
|
1486 | 1486 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1487 | 1487 | This setting can be used to override ``mergemarkertemplate`` from the ``[ui]`` |
|
1488 | 1488 | section on a per-tool basis; this applies to the ``$label``-prefixed variables |
|
1489 | 1489 | and to the conflict markers that are generated if ``premerge`` is ``keep` or |
|
1490 | 1490 | ``keep-merge3``. See the corresponding variable in ``[ui]`` for more |
|
1491 | 1491 | information. |
|
1492 | 1492 | |
|
1493 | 1493 | .. container:: windows |
|
1494 | 1494 | |
|
1495 | 1495 | ``regkey`` |
|
1496 | 1496 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1497 | 1497 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1498 | 1498 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1499 | 1499 | (default: None) |
|
1500 | 1500 | |
|
1501 | 1501 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1502 | 1502 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1503 | 1503 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1504 | 1504 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1505 | 1505 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1506 | 1506 | (default: None) |
|
1507 | 1507 | |
|
1508 | 1508 | ``regname`` |
|
1509 | 1509 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1510 | 1510 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) |
|
1511 | 1511 | |
|
1512 | 1512 | ``regappend`` |
|
1513 | 1513 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1514 | 1514 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1515 | 1515 | (default: None) |
|
1516 | 1516 | |
|
1517 | 1517 | ``pager`` |
|
1518 | 1518 | --------- |
|
1519 | 1519 | |
|
1520 | 1520 | Setting used to control when to paginate and with what external tool. See |
|
1521 | 1521 | :hg:`help pager` for details. |
|
1522 | 1522 | |
|
1523 | 1523 | ``pager`` |
|
1524 | 1524 | Define the external tool used as pager. |
|
1525 | 1525 | |
|
1526 | 1526 | If no pager is set, Mercurial uses the environment variable $PAGER. |
|
1527 | 1527 | If neither pager.pager, nor $PAGER is set, a default pager will be |
|
1528 | 1528 | used, typically `less` on Unix and `more` on Windows. Example:: |
|
1529 | 1529 | |
|
1530 | 1530 | [pager] |
|
1531 | 1531 | pager = less -FRX |
|
1532 | 1532 | |
|
1533 | 1533 | ``ignore`` |
|
1534 | 1534 | List of commands to disable the pager for. Example:: |
|
1535 | 1535 | |
|
1536 | 1536 | [pager] |
|
1537 | 1537 | ignore = version, help, update |
|
1538 | 1538 | |
|
1539 | 1539 | ``patch`` |
|
1540 | 1540 | --------- |
|
1541 | 1541 | |
|
1542 | 1542 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1543 | 1543 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1544 | 1544 | |
|
1545 | 1545 | ``eol`` |
|
1546 | 1546 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1547 | 1547 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1548 | 1548 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1549 | 1549 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1550 | 1550 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1551 | 1551 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1552 | 1552 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1553 | 1553 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1554 | 1554 | (default: strict) |
|
1555 | 1555 | |
|
1556 | 1556 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1557 | 1557 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1558 | 1558 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1559 | 1559 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1560 | 1560 | (default: 2) |
|
1561 | 1561 | |
|
1562 | 1562 | ``paths`` |
|
1563 | 1563 | --------- |
|
1564 | 1564 | |
|
1565 | 1565 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. |
|
1566 | 1566 | |
|
1567 | 1567 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the |
|
1568 | 1568 | location of the repository. Example:: |
|
1569 | 1569 | |
|
1570 | 1570 | [paths] |
|
1571 | 1571 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo |
|
1572 | 1572 | local_path = /home/me/repo |
|
1573 | 1573 | |
|
1574 | 1574 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull |
|
1575 | 1575 | from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``: |
|
1576 | 1576 | :hg:`push local_path`. |
|
1577 | 1577 | |
|
1578 | 1578 | Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence |
|
1579 | 1579 | behavior for that specific path. Example:: |
|
1580 | 1580 | |
|
1581 | 1581 | [paths] |
|
1582 | 1582 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path |
|
1583 | 1583 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path |
|
1584 | 1584 | |
|
1585 | 1585 | The following sub-options can be defined: |
|
1586 | 1586 | |
|
1587 | 1587 | ``pushurl`` |
|
1588 | 1588 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location |
|
1589 | 1589 | defined by the path's main entry is used. |
|
1590 | 1590 | |
|
1591 | 1591 | ``pushrev`` |
|
1592 | 1592 | A revset defining which revisions to push by default. |
|
1593 | 1593 | |
|
1594 | 1594 | When :hg:`push` is executed without a ``-r`` argument, the revset |
|
1595 | 1595 | defined by this sub-option is evaluated to determine what to push. |
|
1596 | 1596 | |
|
1597 | 1597 | For example, a value of ``.`` will push the working directory's |
|
1598 | 1598 | revision by default. |
|
1599 | 1599 | |
|
1600 | 1600 | Revsets specifying bookmarks will not result in the bookmark being |
|
1601 | 1601 | pushed. |
|
1602 | 1602 | |
|
1603 | 1603 | The following special named paths exist: |
|
1604 | 1604 | |
|
1605 | 1605 | ``default`` |
|
1606 | 1606 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. |
|
1607 | 1607 | |
|
1608 | 1608 | :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the |
|
1609 | 1609 | repository was cloned from. |
|
1610 | 1610 | |
|
1611 | 1611 | ``default-push`` |
|
1612 | 1612 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location. |
|
1613 | 1613 | ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead. |
|
1614 | 1614 | |
|
1615 | 1615 | ``phases`` |
|
1616 | 1616 | ---------- |
|
1617 | 1617 | |
|
1618 | 1618 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1619 | 1619 | information about working with phases. |
|
1620 | 1620 | |
|
1621 | 1621 | ``publish`` |
|
1622 | 1622 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1623 | 1623 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1624 | 1624 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1625 | 1625 | (default: True) |
|
1626 | 1626 | |
|
1627 | 1627 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1628 | 1628 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1629 | 1629 | (default: draft) |
|
1630 | 1630 | |
|
1631 | 1631 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1632 | 1632 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1633 | 1633 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1634 | 1634 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1635 | 1635 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
1636 | 1636 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
1637 | 1637 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
1638 | 1638 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
1639 | 1639 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
1640 | 1640 | (default: follow) |
|
1641 | 1641 | |
|
1642 | 1642 | |
|
1643 | 1643 | ``profiling`` |
|
1644 | 1644 | ------------- |
|
1645 | 1645 | |
|
1646 | 1646 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
1647 | 1647 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
1648 | 1648 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
1649 | 1649 | |
|
1650 | 1650 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
1651 | 1651 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
1652 | 1652 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. |
|
1653 | 1653 | |
|
1654 | 1654 | ``enabled`` |
|
1655 | 1655 | Enable the profiler. |
|
1656 | 1656 | (default: false) |
|
1657 | 1657 | |
|
1658 | 1658 | This is equivalent to passing ``--profile`` on the command line. |
|
1659 | 1659 | |
|
1660 | 1660 | ``type`` |
|
1661 | 1661 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
1662 | 1662 | (default: stat) |
|
1663 | 1663 | |
|
1664 | 1664 | ``ls`` |
|
1665 | 1665 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
1666 | 1666 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
1667 | 1667 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
1668 | 1668 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
1669 | 1669 | ``stat`` |
|
1670 | 1670 | Use a statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler is most |
|
1671 | 1671 | useful for profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 |
|
1672 | 1672 | seconds. |
|
1673 | 1673 | |
|
1674 | 1674 | ``format`` |
|
1675 | 1675 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1676 | 1676 | (default: text) |
|
1677 | 1677 | |
|
1678 | 1678 | ``text`` |
|
1679 | 1679 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
1680 | 1680 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
1681 | 1681 | not kept. |
|
1682 | 1682 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
1683 | 1683 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
1684 | 1684 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
1685 | 1685 | kcachegrind. |
|
1686 | 1686 | |
|
1687 | 1687 | ``statformat`` |
|
1688 | 1688 | Profiling format for the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1689 | 1689 | (default: hotpath) |
|
1690 | 1690 | |
|
1691 | 1691 | ``hotpath`` |
|
1692 | 1692 | Show a tree-based display containing the hot path of execution (where |
|
1693 | 1693 | most time was spent). |
|
1694 | 1694 | ``bymethod`` |
|
1695 | 1695 | Show a table of methods ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
1696 | 1696 | ``byline`` |
|
1697 | 1697 | Show a table of lines in files ordered by how frequently they are active. |
|
1698 | 1698 | ``json`` |
|
1699 | 1699 | Render profiling data as JSON. |
|
1700 | 1700 | |
|
1701 | 1701 | ``frequency`` |
|
1702 | 1702 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
1703 | 1703 | (default: 1000) |
|
1704 | 1704 | |
|
1705 | 1705 | ``output`` |
|
1706 | 1706 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
1707 | 1707 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on |
|
1708 | 1708 | stderr) |
|
1709 | 1709 | |
|
1710 | 1710 | ``sort`` |
|
1711 | 1711 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1712 | 1712 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
1713 | 1713 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
1714 | 1714 | (default: inlinetime) |
|
1715 | 1715 | |
|
1716 | 1716 | ``time-track`` |
|
1717 | 1717 | Control if the stat profiler track ``cpu`` or ``real`` time. |
|
1718 | 1718 | (default: ``cpu`` on Windows, otherwise ``real``) |
|
1719 | 1719 | |
|
1720 | 1720 | ``limit`` |
|
1721 | 1721 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1722 | 1722 | (default: 30) |
|
1723 | 1723 | |
|
1724 | 1724 | ``nested`` |
|
1725 | 1725 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
1726 | 1726 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
1727 | 1727 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1728 | 1728 | (default: 0) |
|
1729 | 1729 | |
|
1730 | 1730 | ``showmin`` |
|
1731 | 1731 | Minimum fraction of samples an entry must have for it to be displayed. |
|
1732 | 1732 | Can be specified as a float between ``0.0`` and ``1.0`` or can have a |
|
1733 | 1733 | ``%`` afterwards to allow values up to ``100``. e.g. ``5%``. |
|
1734 | 1734 | |
|
1735 | 1735 | Only used by the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1736 | 1736 | |
|
1737 | 1737 | For the ``hotpath`` format, default is ``0.05``. |
|
1738 | 1738 | For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.005``. |
|
1739 | 1739 | |
|
1740 | 1740 | The option is unused on other formats. |
|
1741 | 1741 | |
|
1742 | 1742 | ``showmax`` |
|
1743 | 1743 | Maximum fraction of samples an entry can have before it is ignored in |
|
1744 | 1744 | display. Values format is the same as ``showmin``. |
|
1745 | 1745 | |
|
1746 | 1746 | Only used by the ``stat`` profiler. |
|
1747 | 1747 | |
|
1748 | 1748 | For the ``chrome`` format, default is ``0.999``. |
|
1749 | 1749 | |
|
1750 | 1750 | The option is unused on other formats. |
|
1751 | 1751 | |
|
1752 | 1752 | ``progress`` |
|
1753 | 1753 | ------------ |
|
1754 | 1754 | |
|
1755 | 1755 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
1756 | 1756 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
1757 | 1757 | have a definite end point. |
|
1758 | 1758 | |
|
1759 | 1759 | ``delay`` |
|
1760 | 1760 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
1761 | 1761 | |
|
1762 | 1762 | ``changedelay`` |
|
1763 | 1763 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
1764 | 1764 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
1765 | 1765 | |
|
1766 | 1766 | ``estimateinterval`` |
|
1767 | 1767 | Maximum sampling interval in seconds for speed and estimated time |
|
1768 | 1768 | calculation. (default: 60) |
|
1769 | 1769 | |
|
1770 | 1770 | ``refresh`` |
|
1771 | 1771 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
1772 | 1772 | |
|
1773 | 1773 | ``format`` |
|
1774 | 1774 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
1775 | 1775 | |
|
1776 | 1776 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
1777 | 1777 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, ``speed``, and ``item``. ``item`` defaults to the |
|
1778 | 1778 | last 20 characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either |
|
1779 | 1779 | ``-<num>`` which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the |
|
1780 | 1780 | first num characters. |
|
1781 | 1781 | |
|
1782 | 1782 | (default: topic bar number estimate) |
|
1783 | 1783 | |
|
1784 | 1784 | ``width`` |
|
1785 | 1785 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
1786 | 1786 | term width) will be used). |
|
1787 | 1787 | |
|
1788 | 1788 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
1789 | 1789 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) |
|
1790 | 1790 | |
|
1791 | 1791 | ``disable`` |
|
1792 | 1792 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
1793 | 1793 | |
|
1794 | 1794 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
1795 | 1795 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
1796 | 1796 | |
|
1797 | 1797 | ``rebase`` |
|
1798 | 1798 | ---------- |
|
1799 | 1799 | |
|
1800 | 1800 | ``evolution.allowdivergence`` |
|
1801 | 1801 | Default to False, when True allow creating divergence when performing |
|
1802 | 1802 | rebase of obsolete changesets. |
|
1803 | 1803 | |
|
1804 | 1804 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
1805 | 1805 | --------------- |
|
1806 | 1806 | |
|
1807 | 1807 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
1808 | 1808 | |
|
1809 | 1809 | ``storage`` |
|
1810 | 1810 | ----------- |
|
1811 | 1811 | |
|
1812 | 1812 | Control the strategy Mercurial uses internally to store history. Options in this |
|
1813 | 1813 | category impact performance and repository size. |
|
1814 | 1814 | |
|
1815 | 1815 | ``revlog.optimize-delta-parent-choice`` |
|
1816 | 1816 | When storing a merge revision, both parents will be equally considered as |
|
1817 | 1817 | a possible delta base. This results in better delta selection and improved |
|
1818 | 1818 | revlog compression. This option is enabled by default. |
|
1819 | 1819 | |
|
1820 | 1820 | Turning this option off can result in large increase of repository size for |
|
1821 | 1821 | repository with many merges. |
|
1822 | 1822 | |
|
1823 | 1823 | ``server`` |
|
1824 | 1824 | ---------- |
|
1825 | 1825 | |
|
1826 | 1826 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
1827 | 1827 | |
|
1828 | 1828 | ``bookmarks-pushkey-compat`` |
|
1829 | 1829 | Trigger pushkey hook when being pushed bookmark updates. This config exist |
|
1830 | 1830 | for compatibility purpose (default to True) |
|
1831 | 1831 | |
|
1832 | 1832 | If you use ``pushkey`` and ``pre-pushkey`` hooks to control bookmark |
|
1833 | 1833 | movement we recommend you migrate them to ``txnclose-bookmark`` and |
|
1834 | 1834 | ``pretxnclose-bookmark``. |
|
1835 | 1835 | |
|
1836 | 1836 | ``compressionengines`` |
|
1837 | 1837 | List of compression engines and their relative priority to advertise |
|
1838 | 1838 | to clients. |
|
1839 | 1839 | |
|
1840 | 1840 | The order of compression engines determines their priority, the first |
|
1841 | 1841 | having the highest priority. If a compression engine is not listed |
|
1842 | 1842 | here, it won't be advertised to clients. |
|
1843 | 1843 | |
|
1844 | 1844 | If not set (the default), built-in defaults are used. Run |
|
1845 | 1845 | :hg:`debuginstall` to list available compression engines and their |
|
1846 | 1846 | default wire protocol priority. |
|
1847 | 1847 | |
|
1848 | 1848 | Older Mercurial clients only support zlib compression and this setting |
|
1849 | 1849 | has no effect for legacy clients. |
|
1850 | 1850 | |
|
1851 | 1851 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
1852 | 1852 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
1853 | 1853 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
1854 | 1854 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
1855 | 1855 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
1856 | 1856 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
1857 | 1857 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
1858 | 1858 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
1859 | 1859 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
1860 | 1860 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
1861 | 1861 | (default: True) |
|
1862 | 1862 | |
|
1863 | 1863 | ``uncompressedallowsecret`` |
|
1864 | 1864 | Whether to allow stream clones when the repository contains secret |
|
1865 | 1865 | changesets. (default: False) |
|
1866 | 1866 | |
|
1867 | 1867 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
1868 | 1868 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
1869 | 1869 | protocol. (default: False) |
|
1870 | 1870 | |
|
1871 | 1871 | ``disablefullbundle`` |
|
1872 | 1872 | When set, servers will refuse attempts to do pull-based clones. |
|
1873 | 1873 | If this option is set, ``preferuncompressed`` and/or clone bundles |
|
1874 | 1874 | are highly recommended. Partial clones will still be allowed. |
|
1875 | 1875 | (default: False) |
|
1876 | 1876 | |
|
1877 | 1877 | ``streamunbundle`` |
|
1878 | 1878 | When set, servers will apply data sent from the client directly, |
|
1879 | 1879 | otherwise it will be written to a temporary file first. This option |
|
1880 | 1880 | effectively prevents concurrent pushes. |
|
1881 | 1881 | |
|
1882 | 1882 | ``pullbundle`` |
|
1883 | 1883 | When set, the server will check pullbundle.manifest for bundles |
|
1884 | 1884 | covering the requested heads and common nodes. The first matching |
|
1885 | 1885 | entry will be streamed to the client. |
|
1886 | 1886 | |
|
1887 | 1887 | For HTTP transport, the stream will still use zlib compression |
|
1888 | 1888 | for older clients. |
|
1889 | 1889 | |
|
1890 | 1890 | ``concurrent-push-mode`` |
|
1891 | 1891 | Level of allowed race condition between two pushing clients. |
|
1892 | 1892 | |
|
1893 | 1893 | - 'strict': push is abort if another client touched the repository |
|
1894 | 1894 | while the push was preparing. (default) |
|
1895 | 1895 | - 'check-related': push is only aborted if it affects head that got also |
|
1896 | 1896 | affected while the push was preparing. |
|
1897 | 1897 | |
|
1898 | 1898 | This requires compatible client (version 4.3 and later). Old client will |
|
1899 | 1899 | use 'strict'. |
|
1900 | 1900 | |
|
1901 | 1901 | ``validate`` |
|
1902 | 1902 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
1903 | 1903 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
1904 | 1904 | present. (default: False) |
|
1905 | 1905 | |
|
1906 | 1906 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
1907 | 1907 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
1908 | 1908 | many bytes. (default: 1024) |
|
1909 | 1909 | |
|
1910 | 1910 | ``bundle1`` |
|
1911 | 1911 | Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1 |
|
1912 | 1912 | exchange format. (default: True) |
|
1913 | 1913 | |
|
1914 | 1914 | ``bundle1gd`` |
|
1915 | 1915 | Like ``bundle1`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1916 | 1916 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1917 | 1917 | |
|
1918 | 1918 | ``bundle1.push`` |
|
1919 | 1919 | Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1920 | 1920 | format. (default: True) |
|
1921 | 1921 | |
|
1922 | 1922 | ``bundle1gd.push`` |
|
1923 | 1923 | Like ``bundle1.push`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1924 | 1924 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1925 | 1925 | |
|
1926 | 1926 | ``bundle1.pull`` |
|
1927 | 1927 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1928 | 1928 | format. (default: True) |
|
1929 | 1929 | |
|
1930 | 1930 | ``bundle1gd.pull`` |
|
1931 | 1931 | Like ``bundle1.pull`` but only used if the repository is using the |
|
1932 | 1932 | *generaldelta* storage format. (default: True) |
|
1933 | 1933 | |
|
1934 | 1934 | Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should |
|
1935 | 1935 | consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta* |
|
1936 | 1936 | repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data |
|
1937 | 1937 | format can consume a lot of CPU. |
|
1938 | 1938 | |
|
1939 | 1939 | ``bundle2.stream`` |
|
1940 | 1940 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the bundle2 streaming protocol. |
|
1941 | 1941 | (default: True) |
|
1942 | 1942 | |
|
1943 | 1943 | ``zliblevel`` |
|
1944 | 1944 | Integer between ``-1`` and ``9`` that controls the zlib compression level |
|
1945 | 1945 | for wire protocol commands that send zlib compressed output (notably the |
|
1946 | 1946 | commands that send repository history data). |
|
1947 | 1947 | |
|
1948 | 1948 | The default (``-1``) uses the default zlib compression level, which is |
|
1949 | 1949 | likely equivalent to ``6``. ``0`` means no compression. ``9`` means |
|
1950 | 1950 | maximum compression. |
|
1951 | 1951 | |
|
1952 | 1952 | Setting this option allows server operators to make trade-offs between |
|
1953 | 1953 | bandwidth and CPU used. Lowering the compression lowers CPU utilization |
|
1954 | 1954 | but sends more bytes to clients. |
|
1955 | 1955 | |
|
1956 | 1956 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
1957 | 1957 | |
|
1958 | 1958 | ``zstdlevel`` |
|
1959 | 1959 | Integer between ``1`` and ``22`` that controls the zstd compression level |
|
1960 | 1960 | for wire protocol commands. ``1`` is the minimal amount of compression and |
|
1961 | 1961 | ``22`` is the highest amount of compression. |
|
1962 | 1962 | |
|
1963 | 1963 | The default (``3``) should be significantly faster than zlib while likely |
|
1964 | 1964 | delivering better compression ratios. |
|
1965 | 1965 | |
|
1966 | 1966 | This option only impacts the HTTP server. |
|
1967 | 1967 | |
|
1968 | 1968 | See also ``server.zliblevel``. |
|
1969 | 1969 | |
|
1970 | 1970 | ``smtp`` |
|
1971 | 1971 | -------- |
|
1972 | 1972 | |
|
1973 | 1973 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
1974 | 1974 | |
|
1975 | 1975 | ``host`` |
|
1976 | 1976 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
1977 | 1977 | |
|
1978 | 1978 | ``port`` |
|
1979 | 1979 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if |
|
1980 | 1980 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) |
|
1981 | 1981 | |
|
1982 | 1982 | ``tls`` |
|
1983 | 1983 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
1984 | 1984 | smtps or none. (default: none) |
|
1985 | 1985 | |
|
1986 | 1986 | ``username`` |
|
1987 | 1987 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
1988 | 1988 | (default: None) |
|
1989 | 1989 | |
|
1990 | 1990 | ``password`` |
|
1991 | 1991 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
1992 | 1992 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
1993 | 1993 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) |
|
1994 | 1994 | |
|
1995 | 1995 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
1996 | 1996 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
1997 | 1997 | itself to the MTA. |
|
1998 | 1998 | |
|
1999 | 1999 | |
|
2000 | 2000 | ``subpaths`` |
|
2001 | 2001 | ------------ |
|
2002 | 2002 | |
|
2003 | 2003 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
2004 | 2004 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
2005 | 2005 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
2006 | 2006 | |
|
2007 | 2007 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
2008 | 2008 | |
|
2009 | 2009 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
2010 | 2010 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
2011 | 2011 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
2012 | 2012 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
2013 | 2013 | |
|
2014 | 2014 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
2015 | 2015 | |
|
2016 | 2016 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
2017 | 2017 | |
|
2018 | 2018 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
2019 | 2019 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. If ``pattern`` |
|
2020 | 2020 | doesn't match the full path, an attempt is made to apply it on the |
|
2021 | 2021 | relative path alone. The rules are applied in definition order. |
|
2022 | 2022 | |
|
2023 | 2023 | ``subrepos`` |
|
2024 | 2024 | ------------ |
|
2025 | 2025 | |
|
2026 | 2026 | This section contains options that control the behavior of the |
|
2027 | 2027 | subrepositories feature. See also :hg:`help subrepos`. |
|
2028 | 2028 | |
|
2029 | 2029 | Security note: auditing in Mercurial is known to be insufficient to |
|
2030 | 2030 | prevent clone-time code execution with carefully constructed Git |
|
2031 | 2031 | subrepos. It is unknown if a similar detect is present in Subversion |
|
2032 | 2032 | subrepos. Both Git and Subversion subrepos are disabled by default |
|
2033 | 2033 | out of security concerns. These subrepo types can be enabled using |
|
2034 | 2034 | the respective options below. |
|
2035 | 2035 | |
|
2036 | 2036 | ``allowed`` |
|
2037 | 2037 | Whether subrepositories are allowed in the working directory. |
|
2038 | 2038 | |
|
2039 | 2039 | When false, commands involving subrepositories (like :hg:`update`) |
|
2040 | 2040 | will fail for all subrepository types. |
|
2041 | 2041 | (default: true) |
|
2042 | 2042 | |
|
2043 | 2043 | ``hg:allowed`` |
|
2044 | 2044 | Whether Mercurial subrepositories are allowed in the working |
|
2045 | 2045 | directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` |
|
2046 | 2046 | is true. |
|
2047 | 2047 | (default: true) |
|
2048 | 2048 | |
|
2049 | 2049 | ``git:allowed`` |
|
2050 | 2050 | Whether Git subrepositories are allowed in the working directory. |
|
2051 | 2051 | This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` is true. |
|
2052 | 2052 | |
|
2053 | 2053 | See the security note above before enabling Git subrepos. |
|
2054 | 2054 | (default: false) |
|
2055 | 2055 | |
|
2056 | 2056 | ``svn:allowed`` |
|
2057 | 2057 | Whether Subversion subrepositories are allowed in the working |
|
2058 | 2058 | directory. This option only has an effect if ``subrepos.allowed`` |
|
2059 | 2059 | is true. |
|
2060 | 2060 | |
|
2061 | 2061 | See the security note above before enabling Subversion subrepos. |
|
2062 | 2062 | (default: false) |
|
2063 | 2063 | |
|
2064 | 2064 | ``templatealias`` |
|
2065 | 2065 | ----------------- |
|
2066 | 2066 | |
|
2067 | 2067 | Alias definitions for templates. See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
2068 | 2068 | |
|
2069 | 2069 | ``templates`` |
|
2070 | 2070 | ------------- |
|
2071 | 2071 | |
|
2072 | 2072 | Use the ``[templates]`` section to define template strings. |
|
2073 | 2073 | See :hg:`help templates` for details. |
|
2074 | 2074 | |
|
2075 | 2075 | ``trusted`` |
|
2076 | 2076 | ----------- |
|
2077 | 2077 | |
|
2078 | 2078 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
2079 | 2079 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
2080 | 2080 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
2081 | 2081 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
2082 | 2082 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
2083 | 2083 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
2084 | 2084 | section. |
|
2085 | 2085 | |
|
2086 | 2086 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
2087 | 2087 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
2088 | 2088 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
2089 | 2089 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
2090 | 2090 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
2091 | 2091 | |
|
2092 | 2092 | ``users`` |
|
2093 | 2093 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
2094 | 2094 | |
|
2095 | 2095 | ``groups`` |
|
2096 | 2096 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
2097 | 2097 | |
|
2098 | 2098 | |
|
2099 | 2099 | ``ui`` |
|
2100 | 2100 | ------ |
|
2101 | 2101 | |
|
2102 | 2102 | User interface controls. |
|
2103 | 2103 | |
|
2104 | 2104 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
2105 | 2105 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
2106 | 2106 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
2107 | 2107 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
2108 | 2108 | (default: True) |
|
2109 | 2109 | |
|
2110 | 2110 | ``askusername`` |
|
2111 | 2111 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
2112 | 2112 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
2113 | 2113 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
2114 | 2114 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
2115 | 2115 | (default: False) |
|
2116 | 2116 | |
|
2117 | 2117 | ``clonebundles`` |
|
2118 | 2118 | Whether the "clone bundles" feature is enabled. |
|
2119 | 2119 | |
|
2120 | 2120 | When enabled, :hg:`clone` may download and apply a server-advertised |
|
2121 | 2121 | bundle file from a URL instead of using the normal exchange mechanism. |
|
2122 | 2122 | |
|
2123 | 2123 | This can likely result in faster and more reliable clones. |
|
2124 | 2124 | |
|
2125 | 2125 | (default: True) |
|
2126 | 2126 | |
|
2127 | 2127 | ``clonebundlefallback`` |
|
2128 | 2128 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server |
|
2129 | 2129 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. |
|
2130 | 2130 | |
|
2131 | 2131 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone |
|
2132 | 2132 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles |
|
2133 | 2133 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular |
|
2134 | 2134 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server |
|
2135 | 2135 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to |
|
2136 | 2136 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures |
|
2137 | 2137 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application |
|
2138 | 2138 | fails. |
|
2139 | 2139 | |
|
2140 | 2140 | (default: False) |
|
2141 | 2141 | |
|
2142 | 2142 | ``clonebundleprefers`` |
|
2143 | 2143 | Defines preferences for which "clone bundles" to use. |
|
2144 | 2144 | |
|
2145 | 2145 | Servers advertising "clone bundles" may advertise multiple available |
|
2146 | 2146 | bundles. Each bundle may have different attributes, such as the bundle |
|
2147 | 2147 | type and compression format. This option is used to prefer a particular |
|
2148 | 2148 | bundle over another. |
|
2149 | 2149 | |
|
2150 | 2150 | The following keys are defined by Mercurial: |
|
2151 | 2151 | |
|
2152 | 2152 | BUNDLESPEC |
|
2153 | 2153 | A bundle type specifier. These are strings passed to :hg:`bundle -t`. |
|
2154 | 2154 | e.g. ``gzip-v2`` or ``bzip2-v1``. |
|
2155 | 2155 | |
|
2156 | 2156 | COMPRESSION |
|
2157 | 2157 | The compression format of the bundle. e.g. ``gzip`` and ``bzip2``. |
|
2158 | 2158 | |
|
2159 | 2159 | Server operators may define custom keys. |
|
2160 | 2160 | |
|
2161 | 2161 | Example values: ``COMPRESSION=bzip2``, |
|
2162 | 2162 | ``BUNDLESPEC=gzip-v2, COMPRESSION=gzip``. |
|
2163 | 2163 | |
|
2164 | 2164 | By default, the first bundle advertised by the server is used. |
|
2165 | 2165 | |
|
2166 | 2166 | ``color`` |
|
2167 | 2167 | When to colorize output. Possible value are Boolean ("yes" or "no"), or |
|
2168 | 2168 | "debug", or "always". (default: "yes"). "yes" will use color whenever it |
|
2169 | 2169 | seems possible. See :hg:`help color` for details. |
|
2170 | 2170 | |
|
2171 | 2171 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
2172 | 2172 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
2173 | 2173 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
2174 | 2174 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
2175 | 2175 | (default: False) |
|
2176 | 2176 | |
|
2177 | 2177 | ``debug`` |
|
2178 | 2178 | Print debugging information. (default: False) |
|
2179 | 2179 | |
|
2180 | 2180 | ``editor`` |
|
2181 | 2181 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) |
|
2182 | 2182 | |
|
2183 | 2183 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
2184 | 2184 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
2185 | 2185 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) |
|
2186 | 2186 | |
|
2187 | 2187 | ``graphnodetemplate`` |
|
2188 | 2188 | The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph. |
|
2189 | 2189 | (default: ``{graphnode}``) |
|
2190 | 2190 | |
|
2191 | 2191 | ``ignore`` |
|
2192 | 2192 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
2193 | 2193 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
2194 | 2194 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
2195 | 2195 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
2196 | 2196 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
2197 | 2197 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
2198 | 2198 | |
|
2199 | 2199 | ``interactive`` |
|
2200 | 2200 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) |
|
2201 | 2201 | |
|
2202 | 2202 | ``interface`` |
|
2203 | 2203 | Select the default interface for interactive features (default: text). |
|
2204 | 2204 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
2205 | 2205 | |
|
2206 | 2206 | ``interface.chunkselector`` |
|
2207 | 2207 | Select the interface for change recording (e.g. :hg:`commit -i`). |
|
2208 | 2208 | Possible values are 'text' and 'curses'. |
|
2209 | 2209 | This config overrides the interface specified by ui.interface. |
|
2210 | 2210 | |
|
2211 | 2211 | ``large-file-limit`` |
|
2212 | 2212 | Largest file size that gives no memory use warning. |
|
2213 | 2213 | Possible values are integers or 0 to disable the check. |
|
2214 | 2214 | (default: 10000000) |
|
2215 | 2215 | |
|
2216 | 2216 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
2217 | 2217 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
2218 | 2218 | |
|
2219 | 2219 | ``merge`` |
|
2220 | 2220 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
2221 | 2221 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
2222 | 2222 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
2223 | 2223 | |
|
2224 | 2224 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
2225 | 2225 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` |
|
2226 | 2226 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. |
|
2227 | 2227 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
2228 | 2228 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
2229 | 2229 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
2230 | 2230 | |
|
2231 | 2231 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
2232 | 2232 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
2233 | 2233 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
2234 | 2234 | format. |
|
2235 | 2235 | |
|
2236 | 2236 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
2237 | 2237 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
2238 | 2238 | |
|
2239 | 2239 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
2240 | 2240 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
2241 | 2241 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
2242 | 2242 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
2243 | 2243 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
2244 | 2244 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
2245 | 2245 | serious problems may occur. |
|
2246 | 2246 | |
|
2247 | 2247 | Can be overridden per-merge-tool, see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
2248 | 2248 | |
|
2249 | ``message-output`` | |
|
2250 | Where to write status and error messages. (default: ``stdio``) | |
|
2251 | ||
|
2252 | ``stderr`` | |
|
2253 | Everything to stderr. | |
|
2254 | ``stdio`` | |
|
2255 | Status to stdout, and error to stderr. | |
|
2256 | ||
|
2249 | 2257 | ``origbackuppath`` |
|
2250 | 2258 | The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is |
|
2251 | 2259 | not a directory, one will be created. If set, files stored in this |
|
2252 | 2260 | directory have the same name as the original file and do not have a .orig |
|
2253 | 2261 | suffix. |
|
2254 | 2262 | |
|
2255 | 2263 | ``paginate`` |
|
2256 | 2264 | Control the pagination of command output (default: True). See :hg:`help pager` |
|
2257 | 2265 | for details. |
|
2258 | 2266 | |
|
2259 | 2267 | ``patch`` |
|
2260 | 2268 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
2261 | 2269 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
2262 | 2270 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
2263 | 2271 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
2264 | 2272 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
2265 | 2273 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
2266 | 2274 | from stdin. |
|
2267 | 2275 | |
|
2268 | 2276 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
2269 | 2277 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
2270 | 2278 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
2271 | 2279 | |
|
2272 | 2280 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
2273 | 2281 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
2274 | 2282 | (default: ``warn``) |
|
2275 | 2283 | |
|
2276 | 2284 | ``warn`` |
|
2277 | 2285 | Print a warning message on POSIX platforms, if a file with a non-portable |
|
2278 | 2286 | filename is added (e.g. a file with a name that can't be created on |
|
2279 | 2287 | Windows because it contains reserved parts like ``AUX``, reserved |
|
2280 | 2288 | characters like ``:``, or would cause a case collision with an existing |
|
2281 | 2289 | file). |
|
2282 | 2290 | |
|
2283 | 2291 | ``ignore`` |
|
2284 | 2292 | Don't print a warning. |
|
2285 | 2293 | |
|
2286 | 2294 | ``abort`` |
|
2287 | 2295 | The command is aborted. |
|
2288 | 2296 | |
|
2289 | 2297 | ``true`` |
|
2290 | 2298 | Alias for ``warn``. |
|
2291 | 2299 | |
|
2292 | 2300 | ``false`` |
|
2293 | 2301 | Alias for ``ignore``. |
|
2294 | 2302 | |
|
2295 | 2303 | .. container:: windows |
|
2296 | 2304 | |
|
2297 | 2305 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
2298 | 2306 | |
|
2299 | 2307 | ``pre-merge-tool-output-template`` |
|
2300 | 2308 | A template that is printed before executing an external merge tool. This can |
|
2301 | 2309 | be used to print out additional context that might be useful to have during |
|
2302 | 2310 | the conflict resolution, such as the description of the various commits |
|
2303 | 2311 | involved or bookmarks/tags. |
|
2304 | 2312 | |
|
2305 | 2313 | Additional information is available in the ``local`, ``base``, and ``other`` |
|
2306 | 2314 | dicts. For example: ``{local.label}``, ``{base.name}``, or |
|
2307 | 2315 | ``{other.islink}``. |
|
2308 | 2316 | |
|
2309 | 2317 | ``quiet`` |
|
2310 | 2318 | Reduce the amount of output printed. |
|
2311 | 2319 | (default: False) |
|
2312 | 2320 | |
|
2313 | 2321 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
2314 | 2322 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. |
|
2315 | 2323 | (default: ``hg``) |
|
2316 | 2324 | |
|
2317 | 2325 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
2318 | 2326 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
2319 | 2327 | trusted user or group. |
|
2320 | 2328 | (default: True) |
|
2321 | 2329 | |
|
2322 | 2330 | ``slash`` |
|
2323 | 2331 | (Deprecated. Use ``slashpath`` template filter instead.) |
|
2324 | 2332 | |
|
2325 | 2333 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
2326 | 2334 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
2327 | 2335 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
2328 | 2336 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
2329 | 2337 | (default: False) |
|
2330 | 2338 | |
|
2331 | 2339 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
2332 | 2340 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
2333 | 2341 | |
|
2334 | 2342 | ``ssh`` |
|
2335 | 2343 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) |
|
2336 | 2344 | |
|
2337 | 2345 | ``ssherrorhint`` |
|
2338 | 2346 | A hint shown to the user in the case of SSH error (e.g. |
|
2339 | 2347 | ``Please see http://company/internalwiki/ssh.html``) |
|
2340 | 2348 | |
|
2341 | 2349 | ``strict`` |
|
2342 | 2350 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
2343 | 2351 | abbreviations. (default: False) |
|
2344 | 2352 | |
|
2345 | 2353 | ``style`` |
|
2346 | 2354 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
2347 | 2355 | |
|
2348 | 2356 | ``supportcontact`` |
|
2349 | 2357 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a |
|
2350 | 2358 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash |
|
2351 | 2359 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. |
|
2352 | 2360 | |
|
2353 | 2361 | ``textwidth`` |
|
2354 | 2362 | Maximum width of help text. A longer line generated by ``hg help`` or |
|
2355 | 2363 | ``hg subcommand --help`` will be broken after white space to get this |
|
2356 | 2364 | width or the terminal width, whichever comes first. |
|
2357 | 2365 | A non-positive value will disable this and the terminal width will be |
|
2358 | 2366 | used. (default: 78) |
|
2359 | 2367 | |
|
2360 | 2368 | ``timeout`` |
|
2361 | 2369 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
2362 | 2370 | means no timeout. (default: 600) |
|
2363 | 2371 | |
|
2364 | 2372 | ``timeout.warn`` |
|
2365 | 2373 | Time (in seconds) before a warning is printed about held lock. A negative |
|
2366 | 2374 | value means no warning. (default: 0) |
|
2367 | 2375 | |
|
2368 | 2376 | ``traceback`` |
|
2369 | 2377 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
2370 | 2378 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
2371 | 2379 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
2372 | 2380 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) |
|
2373 | 2381 | |
|
2374 | 2382 | ``tweakdefaults`` |
|
2375 | 2383 | |
|
2376 | 2384 | By default Mercurial's behavior changes very little from release |
|
2377 | 2385 | to release, but over time the recommended config settings |
|
2378 | 2386 | shift. Enable this config to opt in to get automatic tweaks to |
|
2379 | 2387 | Mercurial's behavior over time. This config setting will have no |
|
2380 | 2388 | effect if ``HGPLAIN`` is set or ``HGPLAINEXCEPT`` is set and does |
|
2381 | 2389 | not include ``tweakdefaults``. (default: False) |
|
2382 | 2390 | |
|
2383 | 2391 | It currently means:: |
|
2384 | 2392 | |
|
2385 | 2393 | .. tweakdefaultsmarker |
|
2386 | 2394 | |
|
2387 | 2395 | ``username`` |
|
2388 | 2396 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
2389 | 2397 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
2390 | 2398 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the |
|
2391 | 2399 | username are expanded. |
|
2392 | 2400 | |
|
2393 | 2401 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in |
|
2394 | 2402 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the |
|
2395 | 2403 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different |
|
2396 | 2404 | hgrc file) |
|
2397 | 2405 | |
|
2398 | 2406 | ``verbose`` |
|
2399 | 2407 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
2400 | 2408 | |
|
2401 | 2409 | |
|
2402 | 2410 | ``web`` |
|
2403 | 2411 | ------- |
|
2404 | 2412 | |
|
2405 | 2413 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
2406 | 2414 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
2407 | 2415 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
2408 | 2416 | and WSGI). |
|
2409 | 2417 | |
|
2410 | 2418 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
2411 | 2419 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
2412 | 2420 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
2413 | 2421 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
2414 | 2422 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
2415 | 2423 | checks. |
|
2416 | 2424 | |
|
2417 | 2425 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
2418 | 2426 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
2419 | 2427 | command line:: |
|
2420 | 2428 | |
|
2421 | 2429 | $ hg --config web.allow-push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
2422 | 2430 | |
|
2423 | 2431 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
2424 | 2432 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
2425 | 2433 | |
|
2426 | 2434 | The full set of options is: |
|
2427 | 2435 | |
|
2428 | 2436 | ``accesslog`` |
|
2429 | 2437 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) |
|
2430 | 2438 | |
|
2431 | 2439 | ``address`` |
|
2432 | 2440 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) |
|
2433 | 2441 | |
|
2434 | 2442 | ``allow-archive`` |
|
2435 | 2443 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
2436 | 2444 | (default: empty) |
|
2437 | 2445 | |
|
2438 | 2446 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
2439 | 2447 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
2440 | 2448 | revisions. |
|
2441 | 2449 | (default: False) |
|
2442 | 2450 | |
|
2443 | 2451 | ``allowgz`` |
|
2444 | 2452 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
2445 | 2453 | revisions. |
|
2446 | 2454 | (default: False) |
|
2447 | 2455 | |
|
2448 | 2456 | ``allow-pull`` |
|
2449 | 2457 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) |
|
2450 | 2458 | |
|
2451 | 2459 | ``allow-push`` |
|
2452 | 2460 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
2453 | 2461 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
2454 | 2462 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
2455 | 2463 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
2456 | 2464 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
2457 | 2465 | allow-push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
2458 | 2466 | |
|
2459 | 2467 | ``allow_read`` |
|
2460 | 2468 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
2461 | 2469 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
2462 | 2470 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
2463 | 2471 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
2464 | 2472 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
2465 | 2473 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
2466 | 2474 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
2467 | 2475 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
2468 | 2476 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
2469 | 2477 | |
|
2470 | 2478 | ``allowzip`` |
|
2471 | 2479 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
2472 | 2480 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. |
|
2473 | 2481 | (default: False) |
|
2474 | 2482 | |
|
2475 | 2483 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
2476 | 2484 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
2477 | 2485 | (default: False) |
|
2478 | 2486 | |
|
2479 | 2487 | ``baseurl`` |
|
2480 | 2488 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
2481 | 2489 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
2482 | 2490 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
2483 | 2491 | |
|
2484 | 2492 | ``cacerts`` |
|
2485 | 2493 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
2486 | 2494 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
2487 | 2495 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
2488 | 2496 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
2489 | 2497 | with these certificates. |
|
2490 | 2498 | |
|
2491 | 2499 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
2492 | 2500 | command line. |
|
2493 | 2501 | |
|
2494 | 2502 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
2495 | 2503 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
2496 | 2504 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
2497 | 2505 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
2498 | 2506 | |
|
2499 | 2507 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2500 | 2508 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
2501 | 2509 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2502 | 2510 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2503 | 2511 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
2504 | 2512 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
2505 | 2513 | |
|
2506 | 2514 | ``cache`` |
|
2507 | 2515 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) |
|
2508 | 2516 | |
|
2509 | 2517 | ``certificate`` |
|
2510 | 2518 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
2511 | 2519 | |
|
2512 | 2520 | ``collapse`` |
|
2513 | 2521 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
2514 | 2522 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
2515 | 2523 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
2516 | 2524 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
2517 | 2525 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
2518 | 2526 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
2519 | 2527 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) |
|
2520 | 2528 | |
|
2521 | 2529 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
2522 | 2530 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
2523 | 2531 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) |
|
2524 | 2532 | |
|
2525 | 2533 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
2526 | 2534 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
2527 | 2535 | |
|
2528 | 2536 | ``contact`` |
|
2529 | 2537 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
2530 | 2538 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) |
|
2531 | 2539 | |
|
2532 | 2540 | ``csp`` |
|
2533 | 2541 | Send a ``Content-Security-Policy`` HTTP header with this value. |
|
2534 | 2542 | |
|
2535 | 2543 | The value may contain a special string ``%nonce%``, which will be replaced |
|
2536 | 2544 | by a randomly-generated one-time use value. If the value contains |
|
2537 | 2545 | ``%nonce%``, ``web.cache`` will be disabled, as caching undermines the |
|
2538 | 2546 | one-time property of the nonce. This nonce will also be inserted into |
|
2539 | 2547 | ``<script>`` elements containing inline JavaScript. |
|
2540 | 2548 | |
|
2541 | 2549 | Note: lots of HTML content sent by the server is derived from repository |
|
2542 | 2550 | data. Please consider the potential for malicious repository data to |
|
2543 | 2551 | "inject" itself into generated HTML content as part of your security |
|
2544 | 2552 | threat model. |
|
2545 | 2553 | |
|
2546 | 2554 | ``deny_push`` |
|
2547 | 2555 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
2548 | 2556 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
2549 | 2557 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
2550 | 2558 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
2551 | 2559 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow-push list. |
|
2552 | 2560 | |
|
2553 | 2561 | ``deny_read`` |
|
2554 | 2562 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
2555 | 2563 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
2556 | 2564 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
2557 | 2565 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
2558 | 2566 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
2559 | 2567 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
2560 | 2568 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
2561 | 2569 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
2562 | 2570 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
2563 | 2571 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
2564 | 2572 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
2565 | 2573 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
2566 | 2574 | list. |
|
2567 | 2575 | |
|
2568 | 2576 | ``descend`` |
|
2569 | 2577 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
2570 | 2578 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
2571 | 2579 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
2572 | 2580 | |
|
2573 | 2581 | ``description`` |
|
2574 | 2582 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
2575 | 2583 | (default: "unknown") |
|
2576 | 2584 | |
|
2577 | 2585 | ``encoding`` |
|
2578 | 2586 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) |
|
2579 | 2587 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
2580 | 2588 | |
|
2581 | 2589 | ``errorlog`` |
|
2582 | 2590 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) |
|
2583 | 2591 | |
|
2584 | 2592 | ``guessmime`` |
|
2585 | 2593 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
2586 | 2594 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
2587 | 2595 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
2588 | 2596 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
2589 | 2597 | repositories. (default: False) |
|
2590 | 2598 | |
|
2591 | 2599 | ``hidden`` |
|
2592 | 2600 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
2593 | 2601 | (default: False) |
|
2594 | 2602 | |
|
2595 | 2603 | ``ipv6`` |
|
2596 | 2604 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) |
|
2597 | 2605 | |
|
2598 | 2606 | ``labels`` |
|
2599 | 2607 | List of string *labels* associated with the repository. |
|
2600 | 2608 | |
|
2601 | 2609 | Labels are exposed as a template keyword and can be used to customize |
|
2602 | 2610 | output. e.g. the ``index`` template can group or filter repositories |
|
2603 | 2611 | by labels and the ``summary`` template can display additional content |
|
2604 | 2612 | if a specific label is present. |
|
2605 | 2613 | |
|
2606 | 2614 | ``logoimg`` |
|
2607 | 2615 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
2608 | 2616 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
2609 | 2617 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
2610 | 2618 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
2611 | 2619 | |
|
2612 | 2620 | ``logourl`` |
|
2613 | 2621 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` |
|
2614 | 2622 | will be used. |
|
2615 | 2623 | |
|
2616 | 2624 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
2617 | 2625 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) |
|
2618 | 2626 | |
|
2619 | 2627 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
2620 | 2628 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) |
|
2621 | 2629 | |
|
2622 | 2630 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
2623 | 2631 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
2624 | 2632 | pages. (default: 60) |
|
2625 | 2633 | |
|
2626 | 2634 | ``name`` |
|
2627 | 2635 | Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
2628 | 2636 | (default: current working directory) |
|
2629 | 2637 | |
|
2630 | 2638 | ``port`` |
|
2631 | 2639 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) |
|
2632 | 2640 | |
|
2633 | 2641 | ``prefix`` |
|
2634 | 2642 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) |
|
2635 | 2643 | |
|
2636 | 2644 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
2637 | 2645 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
2638 | 2646 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) |
|
2639 | 2647 | |
|
2640 | 2648 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
2641 | 2649 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
2642 | 2650 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
2643 | 2651 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
2644 | 2652 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
2645 | 2653 | |
|
2646 | 2654 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. |
|
2647 | 2655 | (default: 20) |
|
2648 | 2656 | |
|
2649 | 2657 | ``server-header`` |
|
2650 | 2658 | Value for HTTP ``Server`` response header. |
|
2651 | 2659 | |
|
2652 | 2660 | ``static`` |
|
2653 | 2661 | Directory where static files are served from. |
|
2654 | 2662 | |
|
2655 | 2663 | ``staticurl`` |
|
2656 | 2664 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
2657 | 2665 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
2658 | 2666 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
2659 | 2667 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
2660 | 2668 | |
|
2661 | 2669 | ``stripes`` |
|
2662 | 2670 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
2663 | 2671 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) |
|
2664 | 2672 | |
|
2665 | 2673 | ``style`` |
|
2666 | 2674 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
2667 | 2675 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) |
|
2668 | 2676 | Example: ``monoblue``. |
|
2669 | 2677 | |
|
2670 | 2678 | ``templates`` |
|
2671 | 2679 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
2672 | 2680 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
2673 | 2681 | |
|
2674 | 2682 | ``websub`` |
|
2675 | 2683 | ---------- |
|
2676 | 2684 | |
|
2677 | 2685 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
2678 | 2686 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
2679 | 2687 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
2680 | 2688 | |
|
2681 | 2689 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
2682 | 2690 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
2683 | 2691 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
2684 | 2692 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
2685 | 2693 | |
|
2686 | 2694 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
2687 | 2695 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
2688 | 2696 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
2689 | 2697 | |
|
2690 | 2698 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
2691 | 2699 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
2692 | 2700 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
2693 | 2701 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
2694 | 2702 | |
|
2695 | 2703 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
2696 | 2704 | |
|
2697 | 2705 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
2698 | 2706 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
2699 | 2707 | |
|
2700 | 2708 | Examples:: |
|
2701 | 2709 | |
|
2702 | 2710 | [websub] |
|
2703 | 2711 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
2704 | 2712 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
2705 | 2713 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
2706 | 2714 | |
|
2707 | 2715 | ``worker`` |
|
2708 | 2716 | ---------- |
|
2709 | 2717 | |
|
2710 | 2718 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
2711 | 2719 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
2712 | 2720 | helps performance. |
|
2713 | 2721 | |
|
2714 | 2722 | ``enabled`` |
|
2715 | 2723 | Whether to enable workers code to be used. |
|
2716 | 2724 | (default: true) |
|
2717 | 2725 | |
|
2718 | 2726 | ``numcpus`` |
|
2719 | 2727 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or |
|
2720 | 2728 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
2721 | 2729 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
|
2722 | 2730 | |
|
2723 | 2731 | ``backgroundclose`` |
|
2724 | 2732 | Whether to enable closing file handles on background threads during certain |
|
2725 | 2733 | operations. Some platforms aren't very efficient at closing file |
|
2726 | 2734 | handles that have been written or appended to. By performing file closing |
|
2727 | 2735 | on background threads, file write rate can increase substantially. |
|
2728 | 2736 | (default: true on Windows, false elsewhere) |
|
2729 | 2737 | |
|
2730 | 2738 | ``backgroundcloseminfilecount`` |
|
2731 | 2739 | Minimum number of files required to trigger background file closing. |
|
2732 | 2740 | Operations not writing this many files won't start background close |
|
2733 | 2741 | threads. |
|
2734 | 2742 | (default: 2048) |
|
2735 | 2743 | |
|
2736 | 2744 | ``backgroundclosemaxqueue`` |
|
2737 | 2745 | The maximum number of opened file handles waiting to be closed in the |
|
2738 | 2746 | background. This option only has an effect if ``backgroundclose`` is |
|
2739 | 2747 | enabled. |
|
2740 | 2748 | (default: 384) |
|
2741 | 2749 | |
|
2742 | 2750 | ``backgroundclosethreadcount`` |
|
2743 | 2751 | Number of threads to process background file closes. Only relevant if |
|
2744 | 2752 | ``backgroundclose`` is enabled. |
|
2745 | 2753 | (default: 4) |
@@ -1,1941 +1,1959 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # ui.py - user interface bits for mercurial |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | import collections |
|
11 | 11 | import contextlib |
|
12 | 12 | import errno |
|
13 | 13 | import getpass |
|
14 | 14 | import inspect |
|
15 | 15 | import os |
|
16 | 16 | import re |
|
17 | 17 | import signal |
|
18 | 18 | import socket |
|
19 | 19 | import subprocess |
|
20 | 20 | import sys |
|
21 | 21 | import traceback |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | from .i18n import _ |
|
24 | 24 | from .node import hex |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | from . import ( |
|
27 | 27 | color, |
|
28 | 28 | config, |
|
29 | 29 | configitems, |
|
30 | 30 | encoding, |
|
31 | 31 | error, |
|
32 | 32 | formatter, |
|
33 | 33 | progress, |
|
34 | 34 | pycompat, |
|
35 | 35 | rcutil, |
|
36 | 36 | scmutil, |
|
37 | 37 | util, |
|
38 | 38 | ) |
|
39 | 39 | from .utils import ( |
|
40 | 40 | dateutil, |
|
41 | 41 | procutil, |
|
42 | 42 | stringutil, |
|
43 | 43 | ) |
|
44 | 44 | |
|
45 | 45 | urlreq = util.urlreq |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | # for use with str.translate(None, _keepalnum), to keep just alphanumerics |
|
48 | 48 | _keepalnum = ''.join(c for c in map(pycompat.bytechr, range(256)) |
|
49 | 49 | if not c.isalnum()) |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | # The config knobs that will be altered (if unset) by ui.tweakdefaults. |
|
52 | 52 | tweakrc = b""" |
|
53 | 53 | [ui] |
|
54 | 54 | # The rollback command is dangerous. As a rule, don't use it. |
|
55 | 55 | rollback = False |
|
56 | 56 | # Make `hg status` report copy information |
|
57 | 57 | statuscopies = yes |
|
58 | 58 | # Prefer curses UIs when available. Revert to plain-text with `text`. |
|
59 | 59 | interface = curses |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | [commands] |
|
62 | 62 | # Grep working directory by default. |
|
63 | 63 | grep.all-files = True |
|
64 | 64 | # Make `hg status` emit cwd-relative paths by default. |
|
65 | 65 | status.relative = yes |
|
66 | 66 | # Refuse to perform an `hg update` that would cause a file content merge |
|
67 | 67 | update.check = noconflict |
|
68 | 68 | # Show conflicts information in `hg status` |
|
69 | 69 | status.verbose = True |
|
70 | 70 | # Refuse to perform `hg resolve --mark` on files that still have conflict |
|
71 | 71 | # markers |
|
72 | 72 | resolve.mark-check = abort |
|
73 | 73 | |
|
74 | 74 | [diff] |
|
75 | 75 | git = 1 |
|
76 | 76 | showfunc = 1 |
|
77 | 77 | word-diff = 1 |
|
78 | 78 | """ |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | samplehgrcs = { |
|
81 | 81 | 'user': |
|
82 | 82 | b"""# example user config (see 'hg help config' for more info) |
|
83 | 83 | [ui] |
|
84 | 84 | # name and email, e.g. |
|
85 | 85 | # username = Jane Doe <jdoe@example.com> |
|
86 | 86 | username = |
|
87 | 87 | |
|
88 | 88 | # We recommend enabling tweakdefaults to get slight improvements to |
|
89 | 89 | # the UI over time. Make sure to set HGPLAIN in the environment when |
|
90 | 90 | # writing scripts! |
|
91 | 91 | # tweakdefaults = True |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | # uncomment to disable color in command output |
|
94 | 94 | # (see 'hg help color' for details) |
|
95 | 95 | # color = never |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | # uncomment to disable command output pagination |
|
98 | 98 | # (see 'hg help pager' for details) |
|
99 | 99 | # paginate = never |
|
100 | 100 | |
|
101 | 101 | [extensions] |
|
102 | 102 | # uncomment these lines to enable some popular extensions |
|
103 | 103 | # (see 'hg help extensions' for more info) |
|
104 | 104 | # |
|
105 | 105 | # churn = |
|
106 | 106 | """, |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | 'cloned': |
|
109 | 109 | b"""# example repository config (see 'hg help config' for more info) |
|
110 | 110 | [paths] |
|
111 | 111 | default = %s |
|
112 | 112 | |
|
113 | 113 | # path aliases to other clones of this repo in URLs or filesystem paths |
|
114 | 114 | # (see 'hg help config.paths' for more info) |
|
115 | 115 | # |
|
116 | 116 | # default:pushurl = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
117 | 117 | # my-fork = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
118 | 118 | # my-clone = /home/jdoe/jdoes-clone |
|
119 | 119 | |
|
120 | 120 | [ui] |
|
121 | 121 | # name and email (local to this repository, optional), e.g. |
|
122 | 122 | # username = Jane Doe <jdoe@example.com> |
|
123 | 123 | """, |
|
124 | 124 | |
|
125 | 125 | 'local': |
|
126 | 126 | b"""# example repository config (see 'hg help config' for more info) |
|
127 | 127 | [paths] |
|
128 | 128 | # path aliases to other clones of this repo in URLs or filesystem paths |
|
129 | 129 | # (see 'hg help config.paths' for more info) |
|
130 | 130 | # |
|
131 | 131 | # default = http://example.com/hg/example-repo |
|
132 | 132 | # default:pushurl = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
133 | 133 | # my-fork = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
134 | 134 | # my-clone = /home/jdoe/jdoes-clone |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | [ui] |
|
137 | 137 | # name and email (local to this repository, optional), e.g. |
|
138 | 138 | # username = Jane Doe <jdoe@example.com> |
|
139 | 139 | """, |
|
140 | 140 | |
|
141 | 141 | 'global': |
|
142 | 142 | b"""# example system-wide hg config (see 'hg help config' for more info) |
|
143 | 143 | |
|
144 | 144 | [ui] |
|
145 | 145 | # uncomment to disable color in command output |
|
146 | 146 | # (see 'hg help color' for details) |
|
147 | 147 | # color = never |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | # uncomment to disable command output pagination |
|
150 | 150 | # (see 'hg help pager' for details) |
|
151 | 151 | # paginate = never |
|
152 | 152 | |
|
153 | 153 | [extensions] |
|
154 | 154 | # uncomment these lines to enable some popular extensions |
|
155 | 155 | # (see 'hg help extensions' for more info) |
|
156 | 156 | # |
|
157 | 157 | # blackbox = |
|
158 | 158 | # churn = |
|
159 | 159 | """, |
|
160 | 160 | } |
|
161 | 161 | |
|
162 | 162 | def _maybestrurl(maybebytes): |
|
163 | 163 | return pycompat.rapply(pycompat.strurl, maybebytes) |
|
164 | 164 | |
|
165 | 165 | def _maybebytesurl(maybestr): |
|
166 | 166 | return pycompat.rapply(pycompat.bytesurl, maybestr) |
|
167 | 167 | |
|
168 | 168 | class httppasswordmgrdbproxy(object): |
|
169 | 169 | """Delays loading urllib2 until it's needed.""" |
|
170 | 170 | def __init__(self): |
|
171 | 171 | self._mgr = None |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | def _get_mgr(self): |
|
174 | 174 | if self._mgr is None: |
|
175 | 175 | self._mgr = urlreq.httppasswordmgrwithdefaultrealm() |
|
176 | 176 | return self._mgr |
|
177 | 177 | |
|
178 | 178 | def add_password(self, realm, uris, user, passwd): |
|
179 | 179 | return self._get_mgr().add_password( |
|
180 | 180 | _maybestrurl(realm), _maybestrurl(uris), |
|
181 | 181 | _maybestrurl(user), _maybestrurl(passwd)) |
|
182 | 182 | |
|
183 | 183 | def find_user_password(self, realm, uri): |
|
184 | 184 | mgr = self._get_mgr() |
|
185 | 185 | return _maybebytesurl(mgr.find_user_password(_maybestrurl(realm), |
|
186 | 186 | _maybestrurl(uri))) |
|
187 | 187 | |
|
188 | 188 | def _catchterm(*args): |
|
189 | 189 | raise error.SignalInterrupt |
|
190 | 190 | |
|
191 | 191 | # unique object used to detect no default value has been provided when |
|
192 | 192 | # retrieving configuration value. |
|
193 | 193 | _unset = object() |
|
194 | 194 | |
|
195 | 195 | # _reqexithandlers: callbacks run at the end of a request |
|
196 | 196 | _reqexithandlers = [] |
|
197 | 197 | |
|
198 | 198 | class ui(object): |
|
199 | 199 | def __init__(self, src=None): |
|
200 | 200 | """Create a fresh new ui object if no src given |
|
201 | 201 | |
|
202 | 202 | Use uimod.ui.load() to create a ui which knows global and user configs. |
|
203 | 203 | In most cases, you should use ui.copy() to create a copy of an existing |
|
204 | 204 | ui object. |
|
205 | 205 | """ |
|
206 | 206 | # _buffers: used for temporary capture of output |
|
207 | 207 | self._buffers = [] |
|
208 | 208 | # 3-tuple describing how each buffer in the stack behaves. |
|
209 | 209 | # Values are (capture stderr, capture subprocesses, apply labels). |
|
210 | 210 | self._bufferstates = [] |
|
211 | 211 | # When a buffer is active, defines whether we are expanding labels. |
|
212 | 212 | # This exists to prevent an extra list lookup. |
|
213 | 213 | self._bufferapplylabels = None |
|
214 | 214 | self.quiet = self.verbose = self.debugflag = self.tracebackflag = False |
|
215 | 215 | self._reportuntrusted = True |
|
216 | 216 | self._knownconfig = configitems.coreitems |
|
217 | 217 | self._ocfg = config.config() # overlay |
|
218 | 218 | self._tcfg = config.config() # trusted |
|
219 | 219 | self._ucfg = config.config() # untrusted |
|
220 | 220 | self._trustusers = set() |
|
221 | 221 | self._trustgroups = set() |
|
222 | 222 | self.callhooks = True |
|
223 | 223 | # Insecure server connections requested. |
|
224 | 224 | self.insecureconnections = False |
|
225 | 225 | # Blocked time |
|
226 | 226 | self.logblockedtimes = False |
|
227 | 227 | # color mode: see mercurial/color.py for possible value |
|
228 | 228 | self._colormode = None |
|
229 | 229 | self._terminfoparams = {} |
|
230 | 230 | self._styles = {} |
|
231 | 231 | self._uninterruptible = False |
|
232 | 232 | |
|
233 | 233 | if src: |
|
234 | 234 | self._fout = src._fout |
|
235 | 235 | self._ferr = src._ferr |
|
236 | 236 | self._fin = src._fin |
|
237 | self._fmsgout = src._fmsgout | |
|
238 | self._fmsgerr = src._fmsgerr | |
|
237 | 239 | self._finoutredirected = src._finoutredirected |
|
238 | 240 | self.pageractive = src.pageractive |
|
239 | 241 | self._disablepager = src._disablepager |
|
240 | 242 | self._tweaked = src._tweaked |
|
241 | 243 | |
|
242 | 244 | self._tcfg = src._tcfg.copy() |
|
243 | 245 | self._ucfg = src._ucfg.copy() |
|
244 | 246 | self._ocfg = src._ocfg.copy() |
|
245 | 247 | self._trustusers = src._trustusers.copy() |
|
246 | 248 | self._trustgroups = src._trustgroups.copy() |
|
247 | 249 | self.environ = src.environ |
|
248 | 250 | self.callhooks = src.callhooks |
|
249 | 251 | self.insecureconnections = src.insecureconnections |
|
250 | 252 | self._colormode = src._colormode |
|
251 | 253 | self._terminfoparams = src._terminfoparams.copy() |
|
252 | 254 | self._styles = src._styles.copy() |
|
253 | 255 | |
|
254 | 256 | self.fixconfig() |
|
255 | 257 | |
|
256 | 258 | self.httppasswordmgrdb = src.httppasswordmgrdb |
|
257 | 259 | self._blockedtimes = src._blockedtimes |
|
258 | 260 | else: |
|
259 | 261 | self._fout = procutil.stdout |
|
260 | 262 | self._ferr = procutil.stderr |
|
261 | 263 | self._fin = procutil.stdin |
|
264 | self._fmsgout = self.fout # configurable | |
|
265 | self._fmsgerr = self.ferr # configurable | |
|
262 | 266 | self._finoutredirected = False |
|
263 | 267 | self.pageractive = False |
|
264 | 268 | self._disablepager = False |
|
265 | 269 | self._tweaked = False |
|
266 | 270 | |
|
267 | 271 | # shared read-only environment |
|
268 | 272 | self.environ = encoding.environ |
|
269 | 273 | |
|
270 | 274 | self.httppasswordmgrdb = httppasswordmgrdbproxy() |
|
271 | 275 | self._blockedtimes = collections.defaultdict(int) |
|
272 | 276 | |
|
273 | 277 | allowed = self.configlist('experimental', 'exportableenviron') |
|
274 | 278 | if '*' in allowed: |
|
275 | 279 | self._exportableenviron = self.environ |
|
276 | 280 | else: |
|
277 | 281 | self._exportableenviron = {} |
|
278 | 282 | for k in allowed: |
|
279 | 283 | if k in self.environ: |
|
280 | 284 | self._exportableenviron[k] = self.environ[k] |
|
281 | 285 | |
|
282 | 286 | @classmethod |
|
283 | 287 | def load(cls): |
|
284 | 288 | """Create a ui and load global and user configs""" |
|
285 | 289 | u = cls() |
|
286 | 290 | # we always trust global config files and environment variables |
|
287 | 291 | for t, f in rcutil.rccomponents(): |
|
288 | 292 | if t == 'path': |
|
289 | 293 | u.readconfig(f, trust=True) |
|
290 | 294 | elif t == 'items': |
|
291 | 295 | sections = set() |
|
292 | 296 | for section, name, value, source in f: |
|
293 | 297 | # do not set u._ocfg |
|
294 | 298 | # XXX clean this up once immutable config object is a thing |
|
295 | 299 | u._tcfg.set(section, name, value, source) |
|
296 | 300 | u._ucfg.set(section, name, value, source) |
|
297 | 301 | sections.add(section) |
|
298 | 302 | for section in sections: |
|
299 | 303 | u.fixconfig(section=section) |
|
300 | 304 | else: |
|
301 | 305 | raise error.ProgrammingError('unknown rctype: %s' % t) |
|
302 | 306 | u._maybetweakdefaults() |
|
303 | 307 | return u |
|
304 | 308 | |
|
305 | 309 | def _maybetweakdefaults(self): |
|
306 | 310 | if not self.configbool('ui', 'tweakdefaults'): |
|
307 | 311 | return |
|
308 | 312 | if self._tweaked or self.plain('tweakdefaults'): |
|
309 | 313 | return |
|
310 | 314 | |
|
311 | 315 | # Note: it is SUPER IMPORTANT that you set self._tweaked to |
|
312 | 316 | # True *before* any calls to setconfig(), otherwise you'll get |
|
313 | 317 | # infinite recursion between setconfig and this method. |
|
314 | 318 | # |
|
315 | 319 | # TODO: We should extract an inner method in setconfig() to |
|
316 | 320 | # avoid this weirdness. |
|
317 | 321 | self._tweaked = True |
|
318 | 322 | tmpcfg = config.config() |
|
319 | 323 | tmpcfg.parse('<tweakdefaults>', tweakrc) |
|
320 | 324 | for section in tmpcfg: |
|
321 | 325 | for name, value in tmpcfg.items(section): |
|
322 | 326 | if not self.hasconfig(section, name): |
|
323 | 327 | self.setconfig(section, name, value, "<tweakdefaults>") |
|
324 | 328 | |
|
325 | 329 | def copy(self): |
|
326 | 330 | return self.__class__(self) |
|
327 | 331 | |
|
328 | 332 | def resetstate(self): |
|
329 | 333 | """Clear internal state that shouldn't persist across commands""" |
|
330 | 334 | if self._progbar: |
|
331 | 335 | self._progbar.resetstate() # reset last-print time of progress bar |
|
332 | 336 | self.httppasswordmgrdb = httppasswordmgrdbproxy() |
|
333 | 337 | |
|
334 | 338 | @contextlib.contextmanager |
|
335 | 339 | def timeblockedsection(self, key): |
|
336 | 340 | # this is open-coded below - search for timeblockedsection to find them |
|
337 | 341 | starttime = util.timer() |
|
338 | 342 | try: |
|
339 | 343 | yield |
|
340 | 344 | finally: |
|
341 | 345 | self._blockedtimes[key + '_blocked'] += \ |
|
342 | 346 | (util.timer() - starttime) * 1000 |
|
343 | 347 | |
|
344 | 348 | @contextlib.contextmanager |
|
345 | 349 | def uninterruptable(self): |
|
346 | 350 | """Mark an operation as unsafe. |
|
347 | 351 | |
|
348 | 352 | Most operations on a repository are safe to interrupt, but a |
|
349 | 353 | few are risky (for example repair.strip). This context manager |
|
350 | 354 | lets you advise Mercurial that something risky is happening so |
|
351 | 355 | that control-C etc can be blocked if desired. |
|
352 | 356 | """ |
|
353 | 357 | enabled = self.configbool('experimental', 'nointerrupt') |
|
354 | 358 | if (enabled and |
|
355 | 359 | self.configbool('experimental', 'nointerrupt-interactiveonly')): |
|
356 | 360 | enabled = self.interactive() |
|
357 | 361 | if self._uninterruptible or not enabled: |
|
358 | 362 | # if nointerrupt support is turned off, the process isn't |
|
359 | 363 | # interactive, or we're already in an uninterruptable |
|
360 | 364 | # block, do nothing. |
|
361 | 365 | yield |
|
362 | 366 | return |
|
363 | 367 | def warn(): |
|
364 | 368 | self.warn(_("shutting down cleanly\n")) |
|
365 | 369 | self.warn( |
|
366 | 370 | _("press ^C again to terminate immediately (dangerous)\n")) |
|
367 | 371 | return True |
|
368 | 372 | with procutil.uninterruptable(warn): |
|
369 | 373 | try: |
|
370 | 374 | self._uninterruptible = True |
|
371 | 375 | yield |
|
372 | 376 | finally: |
|
373 | 377 | self._uninterruptible = False |
|
374 | 378 | |
|
375 | 379 | def formatter(self, topic, opts): |
|
376 | 380 | return formatter.formatter(self, self, topic, opts) |
|
377 | 381 | |
|
378 | 382 | def _trusted(self, fp, f): |
|
379 | 383 | st = util.fstat(fp) |
|
380 | 384 | if util.isowner(st): |
|
381 | 385 | return True |
|
382 | 386 | |
|
383 | 387 | tusers, tgroups = self._trustusers, self._trustgroups |
|
384 | 388 | if '*' in tusers or '*' in tgroups: |
|
385 | 389 | return True |
|
386 | 390 | |
|
387 | 391 | user = util.username(st.st_uid) |
|
388 | 392 | group = util.groupname(st.st_gid) |
|
389 | 393 | if user in tusers or group in tgroups or user == util.username(): |
|
390 | 394 | return True |
|
391 | 395 | |
|
392 | 396 | if self._reportuntrusted: |
|
393 | 397 | self.warn(_('not trusting file %s from untrusted ' |
|
394 | 398 | 'user %s, group %s\n') % (f, user, group)) |
|
395 | 399 | return False |
|
396 | 400 | |
|
397 | 401 | def readconfig(self, filename, root=None, trust=False, |
|
398 | 402 | sections=None, remap=None): |
|
399 | 403 | try: |
|
400 | 404 | fp = open(filename, r'rb') |
|
401 | 405 | except IOError: |
|
402 | 406 | if not sections: # ignore unless we were looking for something |
|
403 | 407 | return |
|
404 | 408 | raise |
|
405 | 409 | |
|
406 | 410 | cfg = config.config() |
|
407 | 411 | trusted = sections or trust or self._trusted(fp, filename) |
|
408 | 412 | |
|
409 | 413 | try: |
|
410 | 414 | cfg.read(filename, fp, sections=sections, remap=remap) |
|
411 | 415 | fp.close() |
|
412 | 416 | except error.ConfigError as inst: |
|
413 | 417 | if trusted: |
|
414 | 418 | raise |
|
415 | 419 | self.warn(_("ignored: %s\n") % stringutil.forcebytestr(inst)) |
|
416 | 420 | |
|
417 | 421 | if self.plain(): |
|
418 | 422 | for k in ('debug', 'fallbackencoding', 'quiet', 'slash', |
|
419 | 'logtemplate', 'statuscopies', 'style', | |
|
423 | 'logtemplate', 'message-output', 'statuscopies', 'style', | |
|
420 | 424 | 'traceback', 'verbose'): |
|
421 | 425 | if k in cfg['ui']: |
|
422 | 426 | del cfg['ui'][k] |
|
423 | 427 | for k, v in cfg.items('defaults'): |
|
424 | 428 | del cfg['defaults'][k] |
|
425 | 429 | for k, v in cfg.items('commands'): |
|
426 | 430 | del cfg['commands'][k] |
|
427 | 431 | # Don't remove aliases from the configuration if in the exceptionlist |
|
428 | 432 | if self.plain('alias'): |
|
429 | 433 | for k, v in cfg.items('alias'): |
|
430 | 434 | del cfg['alias'][k] |
|
431 | 435 | if self.plain('revsetalias'): |
|
432 | 436 | for k, v in cfg.items('revsetalias'): |
|
433 | 437 | del cfg['revsetalias'][k] |
|
434 | 438 | if self.plain('templatealias'): |
|
435 | 439 | for k, v in cfg.items('templatealias'): |
|
436 | 440 | del cfg['templatealias'][k] |
|
437 | 441 | |
|
438 | 442 | if trusted: |
|
439 | 443 | self._tcfg.update(cfg) |
|
440 | 444 | self._tcfg.update(self._ocfg) |
|
441 | 445 | self._ucfg.update(cfg) |
|
442 | 446 | self._ucfg.update(self._ocfg) |
|
443 | 447 | |
|
444 | 448 | if root is None: |
|
445 | 449 | root = os.path.expanduser('~') |
|
446 | 450 | self.fixconfig(root=root) |
|
447 | 451 | |
|
448 | 452 | def fixconfig(self, root=None, section=None): |
|
449 | 453 | if section in (None, 'paths'): |
|
450 | 454 | # expand vars and ~ |
|
451 | 455 | # translate paths relative to root (or home) into absolute paths |
|
452 | 456 | root = root or encoding.getcwd() |
|
453 | 457 | for c in self._tcfg, self._ucfg, self._ocfg: |
|
454 | 458 | for n, p in c.items('paths'): |
|
455 | 459 | # Ignore sub-options. |
|
456 | 460 | if ':' in n: |
|
457 | 461 | continue |
|
458 | 462 | if not p: |
|
459 | 463 | continue |
|
460 | 464 | if '%%' in p: |
|
461 | 465 | s = self.configsource('paths', n) or 'none' |
|
462 | 466 | self.warn(_("(deprecated '%%' in path %s=%s from %s)\n") |
|
463 | 467 | % (n, p, s)) |
|
464 | 468 | p = p.replace('%%', '%') |
|
465 | 469 | p = util.expandpath(p) |
|
466 | 470 | if not util.hasscheme(p) and not os.path.isabs(p): |
|
467 | 471 | p = os.path.normpath(os.path.join(root, p)) |
|
468 | 472 | c.set("paths", n, p) |
|
469 | 473 | |
|
470 | 474 | if section in (None, 'ui'): |
|
471 | 475 | # update ui options |
|
476 | self._fmsgout, self._fmsgerr = _selectmsgdests(self) | |
|
472 | 477 | self.debugflag = self.configbool('ui', 'debug') |
|
473 | 478 | self.verbose = self.debugflag or self.configbool('ui', 'verbose') |
|
474 | 479 | self.quiet = not self.debugflag and self.configbool('ui', 'quiet') |
|
475 | 480 | if self.verbose and self.quiet: |
|
476 | 481 | self.quiet = self.verbose = False |
|
477 | 482 | self._reportuntrusted = self.debugflag or self.configbool("ui", |
|
478 | 483 | "report_untrusted") |
|
479 | 484 | self.tracebackflag = self.configbool('ui', 'traceback') |
|
480 | 485 | self.logblockedtimes = self.configbool('ui', 'logblockedtimes') |
|
481 | 486 | |
|
482 | 487 | if section in (None, 'trusted'): |
|
483 | 488 | # update trust information |
|
484 | 489 | self._trustusers.update(self.configlist('trusted', 'users')) |
|
485 | 490 | self._trustgroups.update(self.configlist('trusted', 'groups')) |
|
486 | 491 | |
|
487 | 492 | def backupconfig(self, section, item): |
|
488 | 493 | return (self._ocfg.backup(section, item), |
|
489 | 494 | self._tcfg.backup(section, item), |
|
490 | 495 | self._ucfg.backup(section, item),) |
|
491 | 496 | def restoreconfig(self, data): |
|
492 | 497 | self._ocfg.restore(data[0]) |
|
493 | 498 | self._tcfg.restore(data[1]) |
|
494 | 499 | self._ucfg.restore(data[2]) |
|
495 | 500 | |
|
496 | 501 | def setconfig(self, section, name, value, source=''): |
|
497 | 502 | for cfg in (self._ocfg, self._tcfg, self._ucfg): |
|
498 | 503 | cfg.set(section, name, value, source) |
|
499 | 504 | self.fixconfig(section=section) |
|
500 | 505 | self._maybetweakdefaults() |
|
501 | 506 | |
|
502 | 507 | def _data(self, untrusted): |
|
503 | 508 | return untrusted and self._ucfg or self._tcfg |
|
504 | 509 | |
|
505 | 510 | def configsource(self, section, name, untrusted=False): |
|
506 | 511 | return self._data(untrusted).source(section, name) |
|
507 | 512 | |
|
508 | 513 | def config(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
509 | 514 | """return the plain string version of a config""" |
|
510 | 515 | value = self._config(section, name, default=default, |
|
511 | 516 | untrusted=untrusted) |
|
512 | 517 | if value is _unset: |
|
513 | 518 | return None |
|
514 | 519 | return value |
|
515 | 520 | |
|
516 | 521 | def _config(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
517 | 522 | value = itemdefault = default |
|
518 | 523 | item = self._knownconfig.get(section, {}).get(name) |
|
519 | 524 | alternates = [(section, name)] |
|
520 | 525 | |
|
521 | 526 | if item is not None: |
|
522 | 527 | alternates.extend(item.alias) |
|
523 | 528 | if callable(item.default): |
|
524 | 529 | itemdefault = item.default() |
|
525 | 530 | else: |
|
526 | 531 | itemdefault = item.default |
|
527 | 532 | else: |
|
528 | 533 | msg = ("accessing unregistered config item: '%s.%s'") |
|
529 | 534 | msg %= (section, name) |
|
530 | 535 | self.develwarn(msg, 2, 'warn-config-unknown') |
|
531 | 536 | |
|
532 | 537 | if default is _unset: |
|
533 | 538 | if item is None: |
|
534 | 539 | value = default |
|
535 | 540 | elif item.default is configitems.dynamicdefault: |
|
536 | 541 | value = None |
|
537 | 542 | msg = "config item requires an explicit default value: '%s.%s'" |
|
538 | 543 | msg %= (section, name) |
|
539 | 544 | self.develwarn(msg, 2, 'warn-config-default') |
|
540 | 545 | else: |
|
541 | 546 | value = itemdefault |
|
542 | 547 | elif (item is not None |
|
543 | 548 | and item.default is not configitems.dynamicdefault |
|
544 | 549 | and default != itemdefault): |
|
545 | 550 | msg = ("specifying a mismatched default value for a registered " |
|
546 | 551 | "config item: '%s.%s' '%s'") |
|
547 | 552 | msg %= (section, name, pycompat.bytestr(default)) |
|
548 | 553 | self.develwarn(msg, 2, 'warn-config-default') |
|
549 | 554 | |
|
550 | 555 | for s, n in alternates: |
|
551 | 556 | candidate = self._data(untrusted).get(s, n, None) |
|
552 | 557 | if candidate is not None: |
|
553 | 558 | value = candidate |
|
554 | 559 | section = s |
|
555 | 560 | name = n |
|
556 | 561 | break |
|
557 | 562 | |
|
558 | 563 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
559 | 564 | for s, n in alternates: |
|
560 | 565 | uvalue = self._ucfg.get(s, n) |
|
561 | 566 | if uvalue is not None and uvalue != value: |
|
562 | 567 | self.debug("ignoring untrusted configuration option " |
|
563 | 568 | "%s.%s = %s\n" % (s, n, uvalue)) |
|
564 | 569 | return value |
|
565 | 570 | |
|
566 | 571 | def configsuboptions(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
567 | 572 | """Get a config option and all sub-options. |
|
568 | 573 | |
|
569 | 574 | Some config options have sub-options that are declared with the |
|
570 | 575 | format "key:opt = value". This method is used to return the main |
|
571 | 576 | option and all its declared sub-options. |
|
572 | 577 | |
|
573 | 578 | Returns a 2-tuple of ``(option, sub-options)``, where `sub-options`` |
|
574 | 579 | is a dict of defined sub-options where keys and values are strings. |
|
575 | 580 | """ |
|
576 | 581 | main = self.config(section, name, default, untrusted=untrusted) |
|
577 | 582 | data = self._data(untrusted) |
|
578 | 583 | sub = {} |
|
579 | 584 | prefix = '%s:' % name |
|
580 | 585 | for k, v in data.items(section): |
|
581 | 586 | if k.startswith(prefix): |
|
582 | 587 | sub[k[len(prefix):]] = v |
|
583 | 588 | |
|
584 | 589 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
585 | 590 | for k, v in sub.items(): |
|
586 | 591 | uvalue = self._ucfg.get(section, '%s:%s' % (name, k)) |
|
587 | 592 | if uvalue is not None and uvalue != v: |
|
588 | 593 | self.debug('ignoring untrusted configuration option ' |
|
589 | 594 | '%s:%s.%s = %s\n' % (section, name, k, uvalue)) |
|
590 | 595 | |
|
591 | 596 | return main, sub |
|
592 | 597 | |
|
593 | 598 | def configpath(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
594 | 599 | 'get a path config item, expanded relative to repo root or config file' |
|
595 | 600 | v = self.config(section, name, default, untrusted) |
|
596 | 601 | if v is None: |
|
597 | 602 | return None |
|
598 | 603 | if not os.path.isabs(v) or "://" not in v: |
|
599 | 604 | src = self.configsource(section, name, untrusted) |
|
600 | 605 | if ':' in src: |
|
601 | 606 | base = os.path.dirname(src.rsplit(':')[0]) |
|
602 | 607 | v = os.path.join(base, os.path.expanduser(v)) |
|
603 | 608 | return v |
|
604 | 609 | |
|
605 | 610 | def configbool(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
606 | 611 | """parse a configuration element as a boolean |
|
607 | 612 | |
|
608 | 613 | >>> u = ui(); s = b'foo' |
|
609 | 614 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'true', b'yes') |
|
610 | 615 | >>> u.configbool(s, b'true') |
|
611 | 616 | True |
|
612 | 617 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'false', b'no') |
|
613 | 618 | >>> u.configbool(s, b'false') |
|
614 | 619 | False |
|
615 | 620 | >>> u.configbool(s, b'unknown') |
|
616 | 621 | False |
|
617 | 622 | >>> u.configbool(s, b'unknown', True) |
|
618 | 623 | True |
|
619 | 624 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'invalid', b'somevalue') |
|
620 | 625 | >>> u.configbool(s, b'invalid') |
|
621 | 626 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
622 | 627 | ... |
|
623 | 628 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a boolean ('somevalue') |
|
624 | 629 | """ |
|
625 | 630 | |
|
626 | 631 | v = self._config(section, name, default, untrusted=untrusted) |
|
627 | 632 | if v is None: |
|
628 | 633 | return v |
|
629 | 634 | if v is _unset: |
|
630 | 635 | if default is _unset: |
|
631 | 636 | return False |
|
632 | 637 | return default |
|
633 | 638 | if isinstance(v, bool): |
|
634 | 639 | return v |
|
635 | 640 | b = stringutil.parsebool(v) |
|
636 | 641 | if b is None: |
|
637 | 642 | raise error.ConfigError(_("%s.%s is not a boolean ('%s')") |
|
638 | 643 | % (section, name, v)) |
|
639 | 644 | return b |
|
640 | 645 | |
|
641 | 646 | def configwith(self, convert, section, name, default=_unset, |
|
642 | 647 | desc=None, untrusted=False): |
|
643 | 648 | """parse a configuration element with a conversion function |
|
644 | 649 | |
|
645 | 650 | >>> u = ui(); s = b'foo' |
|
646 | 651 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'float1', b'42') |
|
647 | 652 | >>> u.configwith(float, s, b'float1') |
|
648 | 653 | 42.0 |
|
649 | 654 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'float2', b'-4.25') |
|
650 | 655 | >>> u.configwith(float, s, b'float2') |
|
651 | 656 | -4.25 |
|
652 | 657 | >>> u.configwith(float, s, b'unknown', 7) |
|
653 | 658 | 7.0 |
|
654 | 659 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'invalid', b'somevalue') |
|
655 | 660 | >>> u.configwith(float, s, b'invalid') |
|
656 | 661 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
657 | 662 | ... |
|
658 | 663 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a valid float ('somevalue') |
|
659 | 664 | >>> u.configwith(float, s, b'invalid', desc=b'womble') |
|
660 | 665 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
661 | 666 | ... |
|
662 | 667 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a valid womble ('somevalue') |
|
663 | 668 | """ |
|
664 | 669 | |
|
665 | 670 | v = self.config(section, name, default, untrusted) |
|
666 | 671 | if v is None: |
|
667 | 672 | return v # do not attempt to convert None |
|
668 | 673 | try: |
|
669 | 674 | return convert(v) |
|
670 | 675 | except (ValueError, error.ParseError): |
|
671 | 676 | if desc is None: |
|
672 | 677 | desc = pycompat.sysbytes(convert.__name__) |
|
673 | 678 | raise error.ConfigError(_("%s.%s is not a valid %s ('%s')") |
|
674 | 679 | % (section, name, desc, v)) |
|
675 | 680 | |
|
676 | 681 | def configint(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
677 | 682 | """parse a configuration element as an integer |
|
678 | 683 | |
|
679 | 684 | >>> u = ui(); s = b'foo' |
|
680 | 685 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'int1', b'42') |
|
681 | 686 | >>> u.configint(s, b'int1') |
|
682 | 687 | 42 |
|
683 | 688 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'int2', b'-42') |
|
684 | 689 | >>> u.configint(s, b'int2') |
|
685 | 690 | -42 |
|
686 | 691 | >>> u.configint(s, b'unknown', 7) |
|
687 | 692 | 7 |
|
688 | 693 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'invalid', b'somevalue') |
|
689 | 694 | >>> u.configint(s, b'invalid') |
|
690 | 695 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
691 | 696 | ... |
|
692 | 697 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a valid integer ('somevalue') |
|
693 | 698 | """ |
|
694 | 699 | |
|
695 | 700 | return self.configwith(int, section, name, default, 'integer', |
|
696 | 701 | untrusted) |
|
697 | 702 | |
|
698 | 703 | def configbytes(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
699 | 704 | """parse a configuration element as a quantity in bytes |
|
700 | 705 | |
|
701 | 706 | Units can be specified as b (bytes), k or kb (kilobytes), m or |
|
702 | 707 | mb (megabytes), g or gb (gigabytes). |
|
703 | 708 | |
|
704 | 709 | >>> u = ui(); s = b'foo' |
|
705 | 710 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'val1', b'42') |
|
706 | 711 | >>> u.configbytes(s, b'val1') |
|
707 | 712 | 42 |
|
708 | 713 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'val2', b'42.5 kb') |
|
709 | 714 | >>> u.configbytes(s, b'val2') |
|
710 | 715 | 43520 |
|
711 | 716 | >>> u.configbytes(s, b'unknown', b'7 MB') |
|
712 | 717 | 7340032 |
|
713 | 718 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'invalid', b'somevalue') |
|
714 | 719 | >>> u.configbytes(s, b'invalid') |
|
715 | 720 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
716 | 721 | ... |
|
717 | 722 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a byte quantity ('somevalue') |
|
718 | 723 | """ |
|
719 | 724 | |
|
720 | 725 | value = self._config(section, name, default, untrusted) |
|
721 | 726 | if value is _unset: |
|
722 | 727 | if default is _unset: |
|
723 | 728 | default = 0 |
|
724 | 729 | value = default |
|
725 | 730 | if not isinstance(value, bytes): |
|
726 | 731 | return value |
|
727 | 732 | try: |
|
728 | 733 | return util.sizetoint(value) |
|
729 | 734 | except error.ParseError: |
|
730 | 735 | raise error.ConfigError(_("%s.%s is not a byte quantity ('%s')") |
|
731 | 736 | % (section, name, value)) |
|
732 | 737 | |
|
733 | 738 | def configlist(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
734 | 739 | """parse a configuration element as a list of comma/space separated |
|
735 | 740 | strings |
|
736 | 741 | |
|
737 | 742 | >>> u = ui(); s = b'foo' |
|
738 | 743 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'list1', b'this,is "a small" ,test') |
|
739 | 744 | >>> u.configlist(s, b'list1') |
|
740 | 745 | ['this', 'is', 'a small', 'test'] |
|
741 | 746 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'list2', b'this, is "a small" , test ') |
|
742 | 747 | >>> u.configlist(s, b'list2') |
|
743 | 748 | ['this', 'is', 'a small', 'test'] |
|
744 | 749 | """ |
|
745 | 750 | # default is not always a list |
|
746 | 751 | v = self.configwith(config.parselist, section, name, default, |
|
747 | 752 | 'list', untrusted) |
|
748 | 753 | if isinstance(v, bytes): |
|
749 | 754 | return config.parselist(v) |
|
750 | 755 | elif v is None: |
|
751 | 756 | return [] |
|
752 | 757 | return v |
|
753 | 758 | |
|
754 | 759 | def configdate(self, section, name, default=_unset, untrusted=False): |
|
755 | 760 | """parse a configuration element as a tuple of ints |
|
756 | 761 | |
|
757 | 762 | >>> u = ui(); s = b'foo' |
|
758 | 763 | >>> u.setconfig(s, b'date', b'0 0') |
|
759 | 764 | >>> u.configdate(s, b'date') |
|
760 | 765 | (0, 0) |
|
761 | 766 | """ |
|
762 | 767 | if self.config(section, name, default, untrusted): |
|
763 | 768 | return self.configwith(dateutil.parsedate, section, name, default, |
|
764 | 769 | 'date', untrusted) |
|
765 | 770 | if default is _unset: |
|
766 | 771 | return None |
|
767 | 772 | return default |
|
768 | 773 | |
|
769 | 774 | def hasconfig(self, section, name, untrusted=False): |
|
770 | 775 | return self._data(untrusted).hasitem(section, name) |
|
771 | 776 | |
|
772 | 777 | def has_section(self, section, untrusted=False): |
|
773 | 778 | '''tell whether section exists in config.''' |
|
774 | 779 | return section in self._data(untrusted) |
|
775 | 780 | |
|
776 | 781 | def configitems(self, section, untrusted=False, ignoresub=False): |
|
777 | 782 | items = self._data(untrusted).items(section) |
|
778 | 783 | if ignoresub: |
|
779 | 784 | items = [i for i in items if ':' not in i[0]] |
|
780 | 785 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
781 | 786 | for k, v in self._ucfg.items(section): |
|
782 | 787 | if self._tcfg.get(section, k) != v: |
|
783 | 788 | self.debug("ignoring untrusted configuration option " |
|
784 | 789 | "%s.%s = %s\n" % (section, k, v)) |
|
785 | 790 | return items |
|
786 | 791 | |
|
787 | 792 | def walkconfig(self, untrusted=False): |
|
788 | 793 | cfg = self._data(untrusted) |
|
789 | 794 | for section in cfg.sections(): |
|
790 | 795 | for name, value in self.configitems(section, untrusted): |
|
791 | 796 | yield section, name, value |
|
792 | 797 | |
|
793 | 798 | def plain(self, feature=None): |
|
794 | 799 | '''is plain mode active? |
|
795 | 800 | |
|
796 | 801 | Plain mode means that all configuration variables which affect |
|
797 | 802 | the behavior and output of Mercurial should be |
|
798 | 803 | ignored. Additionally, the output should be stable, |
|
799 | 804 | reproducible and suitable for use in scripts or applications. |
|
800 | 805 | |
|
801 | 806 | The only way to trigger plain mode is by setting either the |
|
802 | 807 | `HGPLAIN' or `HGPLAINEXCEPT' environment variables. |
|
803 | 808 | |
|
804 | 809 | The return value can either be |
|
805 | 810 | - False if HGPLAIN is not set, or feature is in HGPLAINEXCEPT |
|
806 | 811 | - False if feature is disabled by default and not included in HGPLAIN |
|
807 | 812 | - True otherwise |
|
808 | 813 | ''' |
|
809 | 814 | if ('HGPLAIN' not in encoding.environ and |
|
810 | 815 | 'HGPLAINEXCEPT' not in encoding.environ): |
|
811 | 816 | return False |
|
812 | 817 | exceptions = encoding.environ.get('HGPLAINEXCEPT', |
|
813 | 818 | '').strip().split(',') |
|
814 | 819 | # TODO: add support for HGPLAIN=+feature,-feature syntax |
|
815 | 820 | if '+strictflags' not in encoding.environ.get('HGPLAIN', '').split(','): |
|
816 | 821 | exceptions.append('strictflags') |
|
817 | 822 | if feature and exceptions: |
|
818 | 823 | return feature not in exceptions |
|
819 | 824 | return True |
|
820 | 825 | |
|
821 | 826 | def username(self, acceptempty=False): |
|
822 | 827 | """Return default username to be used in commits. |
|
823 | 828 | |
|
824 | 829 | Searched in this order: $HGUSER, [ui] section of hgrcs, $EMAIL |
|
825 | 830 | and stop searching if one of these is set. |
|
826 | 831 | If not found and acceptempty is True, returns None. |
|
827 | 832 | If not found and ui.askusername is True, ask the user, else use |
|
828 | 833 | ($LOGNAME or $USER or $LNAME or $USERNAME) + "@full.hostname". |
|
829 | 834 | If no username could be found, raise an Abort error. |
|
830 | 835 | """ |
|
831 | 836 | user = encoding.environ.get("HGUSER") |
|
832 | 837 | if user is None: |
|
833 | 838 | user = self.config("ui", "username") |
|
834 | 839 | if user is not None: |
|
835 | 840 | user = os.path.expandvars(user) |
|
836 | 841 | if user is None: |
|
837 | 842 | user = encoding.environ.get("EMAIL") |
|
838 | 843 | if user is None and acceptempty: |
|
839 | 844 | return user |
|
840 | 845 | if user is None and self.configbool("ui", "askusername"): |
|
841 | 846 | user = self.prompt(_("enter a commit username:"), default=None) |
|
842 | 847 | if user is None and not self.interactive(): |
|
843 | 848 | try: |
|
844 | 849 | user = '%s@%s' % (procutil.getuser(), |
|
845 | 850 | encoding.strtolocal(socket.getfqdn())) |
|
846 | 851 | self.warn(_("no username found, using '%s' instead\n") % user) |
|
847 | 852 | except KeyError: |
|
848 | 853 | pass |
|
849 | 854 | if not user: |
|
850 | 855 | raise error.Abort(_('no username supplied'), |
|
851 | 856 | hint=_("use 'hg config --edit' " |
|
852 | 857 | 'to set your username')) |
|
853 | 858 | if "\n" in user: |
|
854 | 859 | raise error.Abort(_("username %r contains a newline\n") |
|
855 | 860 | % pycompat.bytestr(user)) |
|
856 | 861 | return user |
|
857 | 862 | |
|
858 | 863 | def shortuser(self, user): |
|
859 | 864 | """Return a short representation of a user name or email address.""" |
|
860 | 865 | if not self.verbose: |
|
861 | 866 | user = stringutil.shortuser(user) |
|
862 | 867 | return user |
|
863 | 868 | |
|
864 | 869 | def expandpath(self, loc, default=None): |
|
865 | 870 | """Return repository location relative to cwd or from [paths]""" |
|
866 | 871 | try: |
|
867 | 872 | p = self.paths.getpath(loc) |
|
868 | 873 | if p: |
|
869 | 874 | return p.rawloc |
|
870 | 875 | except error.RepoError: |
|
871 | 876 | pass |
|
872 | 877 | |
|
873 | 878 | if default: |
|
874 | 879 | try: |
|
875 | 880 | p = self.paths.getpath(default) |
|
876 | 881 | if p: |
|
877 | 882 | return p.rawloc |
|
878 | 883 | except error.RepoError: |
|
879 | 884 | pass |
|
880 | 885 | |
|
881 | 886 | return loc |
|
882 | 887 | |
|
883 | 888 | @util.propertycache |
|
884 | 889 | def paths(self): |
|
885 | 890 | return paths(self) |
|
886 | 891 | |
|
887 | 892 | @property |
|
888 | 893 | def fout(self): |
|
889 | 894 | return self._fout |
|
890 | 895 | |
|
891 | 896 | @fout.setter |
|
892 | 897 | def fout(self, f): |
|
893 | 898 | self._fout = f |
|
899 | self._fmsgout, self._fmsgerr = _selectmsgdests(self) | |
|
894 | 900 | |
|
895 | 901 | @property |
|
896 | 902 | def ferr(self): |
|
897 | 903 | return self._ferr |
|
898 | 904 | |
|
899 | 905 | @ferr.setter |
|
900 | 906 | def ferr(self, f): |
|
901 | 907 | self._ferr = f |
|
908 | self._fmsgout, self._fmsgerr = _selectmsgdests(self) | |
|
902 | 909 | |
|
903 | 910 | @property |
|
904 | 911 | def fin(self): |
|
905 | 912 | return self._fin |
|
906 | 913 | |
|
907 | 914 | @fin.setter |
|
908 | 915 | def fin(self, f): |
|
909 | 916 | self._fin = f |
|
910 | 917 | |
|
911 | 918 | def pushbuffer(self, error=False, subproc=False, labeled=False): |
|
912 | 919 | """install a buffer to capture standard output of the ui object |
|
913 | 920 | |
|
914 | 921 | If error is True, the error output will be captured too. |
|
915 | 922 | |
|
916 | 923 | If subproc is True, output from subprocesses (typically hooks) will be |
|
917 | 924 | captured too. |
|
918 | 925 | |
|
919 | 926 | If labeled is True, any labels associated with buffered |
|
920 | 927 | output will be handled. By default, this has no effect |
|
921 | 928 | on the output returned, but extensions and GUI tools may |
|
922 | 929 | handle this argument and returned styled output. If output |
|
923 | 930 | is being buffered so it can be captured and parsed or |
|
924 | 931 | processed, labeled should not be set to True. |
|
925 | 932 | """ |
|
926 | 933 | self._buffers.append([]) |
|
927 | 934 | self._bufferstates.append((error, subproc, labeled)) |
|
928 | 935 | self._bufferapplylabels = labeled |
|
929 | 936 | |
|
930 | 937 | def popbuffer(self): |
|
931 | 938 | '''pop the last buffer and return the buffered output''' |
|
932 | 939 | self._bufferstates.pop() |
|
933 | 940 | if self._bufferstates: |
|
934 | 941 | self._bufferapplylabels = self._bufferstates[-1][2] |
|
935 | 942 | else: |
|
936 | 943 | self._bufferapplylabels = None |
|
937 | 944 | |
|
938 | 945 | return "".join(self._buffers.pop()) |
|
939 | 946 | |
|
940 | 947 | def _isbuffered(self, dest): |
|
941 | 948 | if dest is self._fout: |
|
942 | 949 | return bool(self._buffers) |
|
943 | 950 | if dest is self._ferr: |
|
944 | 951 | return bool(self._bufferstates and self._bufferstates[-1][0]) |
|
945 | 952 | return False |
|
946 | 953 | |
|
947 | 954 | def canwritewithoutlabels(self): |
|
948 | 955 | '''check if write skips the label''' |
|
949 | 956 | if self._buffers and not self._bufferapplylabels: |
|
950 | 957 | return True |
|
951 | 958 | return self._colormode is None |
|
952 | 959 | |
|
953 | 960 | def canbatchlabeledwrites(self): |
|
954 | 961 | '''check if write calls with labels are batchable''' |
|
955 | 962 | # Windows color printing is special, see ``write``. |
|
956 | 963 | return self._colormode != 'win32' |
|
957 | 964 | |
|
958 | 965 | def write(self, *args, **opts): |
|
959 | 966 | '''write args to output |
|
960 | 967 | |
|
961 | 968 | By default, this method simply writes to the buffer or stdout. |
|
962 | 969 | Color mode can be set on the UI class to have the output decorated |
|
963 | 970 | with color modifier before being written to stdout. |
|
964 | 971 | |
|
965 | 972 | The color used is controlled by an optional keyword argument, "label". |
|
966 | 973 | This should be a string containing label names separated by space. |
|
967 | 974 | Label names take the form of "topic.type". For example, ui.debug() |
|
968 | 975 | issues a label of "ui.debug". |
|
969 | 976 | |
|
970 | 977 | When labeling output for a specific command, a label of |
|
971 | 978 | "cmdname.type" is recommended. For example, status issues |
|
972 | 979 | a label of "status.modified" for modified files. |
|
973 | 980 | ''' |
|
974 | 981 | self._write(self._fout, *args, **opts) |
|
975 | 982 | |
|
976 | 983 | def write_err(self, *args, **opts): |
|
977 | 984 | self._write(self._ferr, *args, **opts) |
|
978 | 985 | |
|
979 | 986 | def _write(self, dest, *args, **opts): |
|
980 | 987 | if self._isbuffered(dest): |
|
981 | 988 | if self._bufferapplylabels: |
|
982 | 989 | label = opts.get(r'label', '') |
|
983 | 990 | self._buffers[-1].extend(self.label(a, label) for a in args) |
|
984 | 991 | else: |
|
985 | 992 | self._buffers[-1].extend(args) |
|
986 | 993 | else: |
|
987 | 994 | self._writenobuf(dest, *args, **opts) |
|
988 | 995 | |
|
989 | 996 | def _writenobuf(self, dest, *args, **opts): |
|
990 | 997 | self._progclear() |
|
991 | 998 | msg = b''.join(args) |
|
992 | 999 | |
|
993 | 1000 | # opencode timeblockedsection because this is a critical path |
|
994 | 1001 | starttime = util.timer() |
|
995 | 1002 | try: |
|
996 | 1003 | if dest is self._ferr and not getattr(self._fout, 'closed', False): |
|
997 | 1004 | self._fout.flush() |
|
998 | 1005 | if self._colormode == 'win32': |
|
999 | 1006 | # windows color printing is its own can of crab, defer to |
|
1000 | 1007 | # the color module and that is it. |
|
1001 | 1008 | color.win32print(self, dest.write, msg, **opts) |
|
1002 | 1009 | else: |
|
1003 | 1010 | if self._colormode is not None: |
|
1004 | 1011 | label = opts.get(r'label', '') |
|
1005 | 1012 | msg = self.label(msg, label) |
|
1006 | 1013 | dest.write(msg) |
|
1007 | 1014 | # stderr may be buffered under win32 when redirected to files, |
|
1008 | 1015 | # including stdout. |
|
1009 | 1016 | if dest is self._ferr and not getattr(self._ferr, 'closed', False): |
|
1010 | 1017 | dest.flush() |
|
1011 | 1018 | except IOError as err: |
|
1012 | 1019 | if (dest is self._ferr |
|
1013 | 1020 | and err.errno in (errno.EPIPE, errno.EIO, errno.EBADF)): |
|
1014 | 1021 | # no way to report the error, so ignore it |
|
1015 | 1022 | return |
|
1016 | 1023 | raise error.StdioError(err) |
|
1017 | 1024 | finally: |
|
1018 | 1025 | self._blockedtimes['stdio_blocked'] += \ |
|
1019 | 1026 | (util.timer() - starttime) * 1000 |
|
1020 | 1027 | |
|
1021 | 1028 | def flush(self): |
|
1022 | 1029 | # opencode timeblockedsection because this is a critical path |
|
1023 | 1030 | starttime = util.timer() |
|
1024 | 1031 | try: |
|
1025 | 1032 | try: |
|
1026 | 1033 | self._fout.flush() |
|
1027 | 1034 | except IOError as err: |
|
1028 | 1035 | if err.errno not in (errno.EPIPE, errno.EIO, errno.EBADF): |
|
1029 | 1036 | raise error.StdioError(err) |
|
1030 | 1037 | finally: |
|
1031 | 1038 | try: |
|
1032 | 1039 | self._ferr.flush() |
|
1033 | 1040 | except IOError as err: |
|
1034 | 1041 | if err.errno not in (errno.EPIPE, errno.EIO, errno.EBADF): |
|
1035 | 1042 | raise error.StdioError(err) |
|
1036 | 1043 | finally: |
|
1037 | 1044 | self._blockedtimes['stdio_blocked'] += \ |
|
1038 | 1045 | (util.timer() - starttime) * 1000 |
|
1039 | 1046 | |
|
1040 | 1047 | def _isatty(self, fh): |
|
1041 | 1048 | if self.configbool('ui', 'nontty'): |
|
1042 | 1049 | return False |
|
1043 | 1050 | return procutil.isatty(fh) |
|
1044 | 1051 | |
|
1045 | 1052 | def disablepager(self): |
|
1046 | 1053 | self._disablepager = True |
|
1047 | 1054 | |
|
1048 | 1055 | def pager(self, command): |
|
1049 | 1056 | """Start a pager for subsequent command output. |
|
1050 | 1057 | |
|
1051 | 1058 | Commands which produce a long stream of output should call |
|
1052 | 1059 | this function to activate the user's preferred pagination |
|
1053 | 1060 | mechanism (which may be no pager). Calling this function |
|
1054 | 1061 | precludes any future use of interactive functionality, such as |
|
1055 | 1062 | prompting the user or activating curses. |
|
1056 | 1063 | |
|
1057 | 1064 | Args: |
|
1058 | 1065 | command: The full, non-aliased name of the command. That is, "log" |
|
1059 | 1066 | not "history, "summary" not "summ", etc. |
|
1060 | 1067 | """ |
|
1061 | 1068 | if (self._disablepager |
|
1062 | 1069 | or self.pageractive): |
|
1063 | 1070 | # how pager should do is already determined |
|
1064 | 1071 | return |
|
1065 | 1072 | |
|
1066 | 1073 | if not command.startswith('internal-always-') and ( |
|
1067 | 1074 | # explicit --pager=on (= 'internal-always-' prefix) should |
|
1068 | 1075 | # take precedence over disabling factors below |
|
1069 | 1076 | command in self.configlist('pager', 'ignore') |
|
1070 | 1077 | or not self.configbool('ui', 'paginate') |
|
1071 | 1078 | or not self.configbool('pager', 'attend-' + command, True) |
|
1072 | 1079 | or encoding.environ.get('TERM') == 'dumb' |
|
1073 | 1080 | # TODO: if we want to allow HGPLAINEXCEPT=pager, |
|
1074 | 1081 | # formatted() will need some adjustment. |
|
1075 | 1082 | or not self.formatted() |
|
1076 | 1083 | or self.plain() |
|
1077 | 1084 | or self._buffers |
|
1078 | 1085 | # TODO: expose debugger-enabled on the UI object |
|
1079 | 1086 | or '--debugger' in pycompat.sysargv): |
|
1080 | 1087 | # We only want to paginate if the ui appears to be |
|
1081 | 1088 | # interactive, the user didn't say HGPLAIN or |
|
1082 | 1089 | # HGPLAINEXCEPT=pager, and the user didn't specify --debug. |
|
1083 | 1090 | return |
|
1084 | 1091 | |
|
1085 | 1092 | pagercmd = self.config('pager', 'pager', rcutil.fallbackpager) |
|
1086 | 1093 | if not pagercmd: |
|
1087 | 1094 | return |
|
1088 | 1095 | |
|
1089 | 1096 | pagerenv = {} |
|
1090 | 1097 | for name, value in rcutil.defaultpagerenv().items(): |
|
1091 | 1098 | if name not in encoding.environ: |
|
1092 | 1099 | pagerenv[name] = value |
|
1093 | 1100 | |
|
1094 | 1101 | self.debug('starting pager for command %s\n' % |
|
1095 | 1102 | stringutil.pprint(command)) |
|
1096 | 1103 | self.flush() |
|
1097 | 1104 | |
|
1098 | 1105 | wasformatted = self.formatted() |
|
1099 | 1106 | if util.safehasattr(signal, "SIGPIPE"): |
|
1100 | 1107 | signal.signal(signal.SIGPIPE, _catchterm) |
|
1101 | 1108 | if self._runpager(pagercmd, pagerenv): |
|
1102 | 1109 | self.pageractive = True |
|
1103 | 1110 | # Preserve the formatted-ness of the UI. This is important |
|
1104 | 1111 | # because we mess with stdout, which might confuse |
|
1105 | 1112 | # auto-detection of things being formatted. |
|
1106 | 1113 | self.setconfig('ui', 'formatted', wasformatted, 'pager') |
|
1107 | 1114 | self.setconfig('ui', 'interactive', False, 'pager') |
|
1108 | 1115 | |
|
1109 | 1116 | # If pagermode differs from color.mode, reconfigure color now that |
|
1110 | 1117 | # pageractive is set. |
|
1111 | 1118 | cm = self._colormode |
|
1112 | 1119 | if cm != self.config('color', 'pagermode', cm): |
|
1113 | 1120 | color.setup(self) |
|
1114 | 1121 | else: |
|
1115 | 1122 | # If the pager can't be spawned in dispatch when --pager=on is |
|
1116 | 1123 | # given, don't try again when the command runs, to avoid a duplicate |
|
1117 | 1124 | # warning about a missing pager command. |
|
1118 | 1125 | self.disablepager() |
|
1119 | 1126 | |
|
1120 | 1127 | def _runpager(self, command, env=None): |
|
1121 | 1128 | """Actually start the pager and set up file descriptors. |
|
1122 | 1129 | |
|
1123 | 1130 | This is separate in part so that extensions (like chg) can |
|
1124 | 1131 | override how a pager is invoked. |
|
1125 | 1132 | """ |
|
1126 | 1133 | if command == 'cat': |
|
1127 | 1134 | # Save ourselves some work. |
|
1128 | 1135 | return False |
|
1129 | 1136 | # If the command doesn't contain any of these characters, we |
|
1130 | 1137 | # assume it's a binary and exec it directly. This means for |
|
1131 | 1138 | # simple pager command configurations, we can degrade |
|
1132 | 1139 | # gracefully and tell the user about their broken pager. |
|
1133 | 1140 | shell = any(c in command for c in "|&;<>()$`\\\"' \t\n*?[#~=%") |
|
1134 | 1141 | |
|
1135 | 1142 | if pycompat.iswindows and not shell: |
|
1136 | 1143 | # Window's built-in `more` cannot be invoked with shell=False, but |
|
1137 | 1144 | # its `more.com` can. Hide this implementation detail from the |
|
1138 | 1145 | # user so we can also get sane bad PAGER behavior. MSYS has |
|
1139 | 1146 | # `more.exe`, so do a cmd.exe style resolution of the executable to |
|
1140 | 1147 | # determine which one to use. |
|
1141 | 1148 | fullcmd = procutil.findexe(command) |
|
1142 | 1149 | if not fullcmd: |
|
1143 | 1150 | self.warn(_("missing pager command '%s', skipping pager\n") |
|
1144 | 1151 | % command) |
|
1145 | 1152 | return False |
|
1146 | 1153 | |
|
1147 | 1154 | command = fullcmd |
|
1148 | 1155 | |
|
1149 | 1156 | try: |
|
1150 | 1157 | pager = subprocess.Popen( |
|
1151 | 1158 | procutil.tonativestr(command), shell=shell, bufsize=-1, |
|
1152 | 1159 | close_fds=procutil.closefds, stdin=subprocess.PIPE, |
|
1153 | 1160 | stdout=procutil.stdout, stderr=procutil.stderr, |
|
1154 | 1161 | env=procutil.tonativeenv(procutil.shellenviron(env))) |
|
1155 | 1162 | except OSError as e: |
|
1156 | 1163 | if e.errno == errno.ENOENT and not shell: |
|
1157 | 1164 | self.warn(_("missing pager command '%s', skipping pager\n") |
|
1158 | 1165 | % command) |
|
1159 | 1166 | return False |
|
1160 | 1167 | raise |
|
1161 | 1168 | |
|
1162 | 1169 | # back up original file descriptors |
|
1163 | 1170 | stdoutfd = os.dup(procutil.stdout.fileno()) |
|
1164 | 1171 | stderrfd = os.dup(procutil.stderr.fileno()) |
|
1165 | 1172 | |
|
1166 | 1173 | os.dup2(pager.stdin.fileno(), procutil.stdout.fileno()) |
|
1167 | 1174 | if self._isatty(procutil.stderr): |
|
1168 | 1175 | os.dup2(pager.stdin.fileno(), procutil.stderr.fileno()) |
|
1169 | 1176 | |
|
1170 | 1177 | @self.atexit |
|
1171 | 1178 | def killpager(): |
|
1172 | 1179 | if util.safehasattr(signal, "SIGINT"): |
|
1173 | 1180 | signal.signal(signal.SIGINT, signal.SIG_IGN) |
|
1174 | 1181 | # restore original fds, closing pager.stdin copies in the process |
|
1175 | 1182 | os.dup2(stdoutfd, procutil.stdout.fileno()) |
|
1176 | 1183 | os.dup2(stderrfd, procutil.stderr.fileno()) |
|
1177 | 1184 | pager.stdin.close() |
|
1178 | 1185 | pager.wait() |
|
1179 | 1186 | |
|
1180 | 1187 | return True |
|
1181 | 1188 | |
|
1182 | 1189 | @property |
|
1183 | 1190 | def _exithandlers(self): |
|
1184 | 1191 | return _reqexithandlers |
|
1185 | 1192 | |
|
1186 | 1193 | def atexit(self, func, *args, **kwargs): |
|
1187 | 1194 | '''register a function to run after dispatching a request |
|
1188 | 1195 | |
|
1189 | 1196 | Handlers do not stay registered across request boundaries.''' |
|
1190 | 1197 | self._exithandlers.append((func, args, kwargs)) |
|
1191 | 1198 | return func |
|
1192 | 1199 | |
|
1193 | 1200 | def interface(self, feature): |
|
1194 | 1201 | """what interface to use for interactive console features? |
|
1195 | 1202 | |
|
1196 | 1203 | The interface is controlled by the value of `ui.interface` but also by |
|
1197 | 1204 | the value of feature-specific configuration. For example: |
|
1198 | 1205 | |
|
1199 | 1206 | ui.interface.histedit = text |
|
1200 | 1207 | ui.interface.chunkselector = curses |
|
1201 | 1208 | |
|
1202 | 1209 | Here the features are "histedit" and "chunkselector". |
|
1203 | 1210 | |
|
1204 | 1211 | The configuration above means that the default interfaces for commands |
|
1205 | 1212 | is curses, the interface for histedit is text and the interface for |
|
1206 | 1213 | selecting chunk is crecord (the best curses interface available). |
|
1207 | 1214 | |
|
1208 | 1215 | Consider the following example: |
|
1209 | 1216 | ui.interface = curses |
|
1210 | 1217 | ui.interface.histedit = text |
|
1211 | 1218 | |
|
1212 | 1219 | Then histedit will use the text interface and chunkselector will use |
|
1213 | 1220 | the default curses interface (crecord at the moment). |
|
1214 | 1221 | """ |
|
1215 | 1222 | alldefaults = frozenset(["text", "curses"]) |
|
1216 | 1223 | |
|
1217 | 1224 | featureinterfaces = { |
|
1218 | 1225 | "chunkselector": [ |
|
1219 | 1226 | "text", |
|
1220 | 1227 | "curses", |
|
1221 | 1228 | ] |
|
1222 | 1229 | } |
|
1223 | 1230 | |
|
1224 | 1231 | # Feature-specific interface |
|
1225 | 1232 | if feature not in featureinterfaces.keys(): |
|
1226 | 1233 | # Programming error, not user error |
|
1227 | 1234 | raise ValueError("Unknown feature requested %s" % feature) |
|
1228 | 1235 | |
|
1229 | 1236 | availableinterfaces = frozenset(featureinterfaces[feature]) |
|
1230 | 1237 | if alldefaults > availableinterfaces: |
|
1231 | 1238 | # Programming error, not user error. We need a use case to |
|
1232 | 1239 | # define the right thing to do here. |
|
1233 | 1240 | raise ValueError( |
|
1234 | 1241 | "Feature %s does not handle all default interfaces" % |
|
1235 | 1242 | feature) |
|
1236 | 1243 | |
|
1237 | 1244 | if self.plain() or encoding.environ.get('TERM') == 'dumb': |
|
1238 | 1245 | return "text" |
|
1239 | 1246 | |
|
1240 | 1247 | # Default interface for all the features |
|
1241 | 1248 | defaultinterface = "text" |
|
1242 | 1249 | i = self.config("ui", "interface") |
|
1243 | 1250 | if i in alldefaults: |
|
1244 | 1251 | defaultinterface = i |
|
1245 | 1252 | |
|
1246 | 1253 | choseninterface = defaultinterface |
|
1247 | 1254 | f = self.config("ui", "interface.%s" % feature) |
|
1248 | 1255 | if f in availableinterfaces: |
|
1249 | 1256 | choseninterface = f |
|
1250 | 1257 | |
|
1251 | 1258 | if i is not None and defaultinterface != i: |
|
1252 | 1259 | if f is not None: |
|
1253 | 1260 | self.warn(_("invalid value for ui.interface: %s\n") % |
|
1254 | 1261 | (i,)) |
|
1255 | 1262 | else: |
|
1256 | 1263 | self.warn(_("invalid value for ui.interface: %s (using %s)\n") % |
|
1257 | 1264 | (i, choseninterface)) |
|
1258 | 1265 | if f is not None and choseninterface != f: |
|
1259 | 1266 | self.warn(_("invalid value for ui.interface.%s: %s (using %s)\n") % |
|
1260 | 1267 | (feature, f, choseninterface)) |
|
1261 | 1268 | |
|
1262 | 1269 | return choseninterface |
|
1263 | 1270 | |
|
1264 | 1271 | def interactive(self): |
|
1265 | 1272 | '''is interactive input allowed? |
|
1266 | 1273 | |
|
1267 | 1274 | An interactive session is a session where input can be reasonably read |
|
1268 | 1275 | from `sys.stdin'. If this function returns false, any attempt to read |
|
1269 | 1276 | from stdin should fail with an error, unless a sensible default has been |
|
1270 | 1277 | specified. |
|
1271 | 1278 | |
|
1272 | 1279 | Interactiveness is triggered by the value of the `ui.interactive' |
|
1273 | 1280 | configuration variable or - if it is unset - when `sys.stdin' points |
|
1274 | 1281 | to a terminal device. |
|
1275 | 1282 | |
|
1276 | 1283 | This function refers to input only; for output, see `ui.formatted()'. |
|
1277 | 1284 | ''' |
|
1278 | 1285 | i = self.configbool("ui", "interactive") |
|
1279 | 1286 | if i is None: |
|
1280 | 1287 | # some environments replace stdin without implementing isatty |
|
1281 | 1288 | # usually those are non-interactive |
|
1282 | 1289 | return self._isatty(self._fin) |
|
1283 | 1290 | |
|
1284 | 1291 | return i |
|
1285 | 1292 | |
|
1286 | 1293 | def termwidth(self): |
|
1287 | 1294 | '''how wide is the terminal in columns? |
|
1288 | 1295 | ''' |
|
1289 | 1296 | if 'COLUMNS' in encoding.environ: |
|
1290 | 1297 | try: |
|
1291 | 1298 | return int(encoding.environ['COLUMNS']) |
|
1292 | 1299 | except ValueError: |
|
1293 | 1300 | pass |
|
1294 | 1301 | return scmutil.termsize(self)[0] |
|
1295 | 1302 | |
|
1296 | 1303 | def formatted(self): |
|
1297 | 1304 | '''should formatted output be used? |
|
1298 | 1305 | |
|
1299 | 1306 | It is often desirable to format the output to suite the output medium. |
|
1300 | 1307 | Examples of this are truncating long lines or colorizing messages. |
|
1301 | 1308 | However, this is not often not desirable when piping output into other |
|
1302 | 1309 | utilities, e.g. `grep'. |
|
1303 | 1310 | |
|
1304 | 1311 | Formatted output is triggered by the value of the `ui.formatted' |
|
1305 | 1312 | configuration variable or - if it is unset - when `sys.stdout' points |
|
1306 | 1313 | to a terminal device. Please note that `ui.formatted' should be |
|
1307 | 1314 | considered an implementation detail; it is not intended for use outside |
|
1308 | 1315 | Mercurial or its extensions. |
|
1309 | 1316 | |
|
1310 | 1317 | This function refers to output only; for input, see `ui.interactive()'. |
|
1311 | 1318 | This function always returns false when in plain mode, see `ui.plain()'. |
|
1312 | 1319 | ''' |
|
1313 | 1320 | if self.plain(): |
|
1314 | 1321 | return False |
|
1315 | 1322 | |
|
1316 | 1323 | i = self.configbool("ui", "formatted") |
|
1317 | 1324 | if i is None: |
|
1318 | 1325 | # some environments replace stdout without implementing isatty |
|
1319 | 1326 | # usually those are non-interactive |
|
1320 | 1327 | return self._isatty(self._fout) |
|
1321 | 1328 | |
|
1322 | 1329 | return i |
|
1323 | 1330 | |
|
1324 | 1331 | def _readline(self): |
|
1325 | 1332 | # Replacing stdin/stdout temporarily is a hard problem on Python 3 |
|
1326 | 1333 | # because they have to be text streams with *no buffering*. Instead, |
|
1327 | 1334 | # we use rawinput() only if call_readline() will be invoked by |
|
1328 | 1335 | # PyOS_Readline(), so no I/O will be made at Python layer. |
|
1329 | 1336 | usereadline = (self._isatty(self._fin) and self._isatty(self._fout) |
|
1330 | 1337 | and procutil.isstdin(self._fin) |
|
1331 | 1338 | and procutil.isstdout(self._fout)) |
|
1332 | 1339 | if usereadline: |
|
1333 | 1340 | try: |
|
1334 | 1341 | # magically add command line editing support, where |
|
1335 | 1342 | # available |
|
1336 | 1343 | import readline |
|
1337 | 1344 | # force demandimport to really load the module |
|
1338 | 1345 | readline.read_history_file |
|
1339 | 1346 | # windows sometimes raises something other than ImportError |
|
1340 | 1347 | except Exception: |
|
1341 | 1348 | usereadline = False |
|
1342 | 1349 | |
|
1343 | 1350 | # prompt ' ' must exist; otherwise readline may delete entire line |
|
1344 | 1351 | # - http://bugs.python.org/issue12833 |
|
1345 | 1352 | with self.timeblockedsection('stdio'): |
|
1346 | 1353 | if usereadline: |
|
1347 | 1354 | line = encoding.strtolocal(pycompat.rawinput(r' ')) |
|
1348 | 1355 | # When stdin is in binary mode on Windows, it can cause |
|
1349 | 1356 | # raw_input() to emit an extra trailing carriage return |
|
1350 | 1357 | if pycompat.oslinesep == b'\r\n' and line.endswith(b'\r'): |
|
1351 | 1358 | line = line[:-1] |
|
1352 | 1359 | else: |
|
1353 | 1360 | self._fout.write(b' ') |
|
1354 | 1361 | self._fout.flush() |
|
1355 | 1362 | line = self._fin.readline() |
|
1356 | 1363 | if not line: |
|
1357 | 1364 | raise EOFError |
|
1358 | 1365 | line = line.rstrip(pycompat.oslinesep) |
|
1359 | 1366 | |
|
1360 | 1367 | return line |
|
1361 | 1368 | |
|
1362 | 1369 | def prompt(self, msg, default="y"): |
|
1363 | 1370 | """Prompt user with msg, read response. |
|
1364 | 1371 | If ui is not interactive, the default is returned. |
|
1365 | 1372 | """ |
|
1366 | 1373 | if not self.interactive(): |
|
1367 | self.write(msg, ' ', label='ui.prompt') | |
|
1368 |
self.write(default or '', "\n", |
|
|
1374 | self._write(self._fmsgout, msg, ' ', label='ui.prompt') | |
|
1375 | self._write(self._fmsgout, default or '', "\n", | |
|
1376 | label='ui.promptecho') | |
|
1369 | 1377 | return default |
|
1370 | self._writenobuf(self._fout, msg, label='ui.prompt') | |
|
1378 | self._writenobuf(self._fmsgout, msg, label='ui.prompt') | |
|
1371 | 1379 | self.flush() |
|
1372 | 1380 | try: |
|
1373 | 1381 | r = self._readline() |
|
1374 | 1382 | if not r: |
|
1375 | 1383 | r = default |
|
1376 | 1384 | if self.configbool('ui', 'promptecho'): |
|
1377 | self.write(r, "\n", label='ui.promptecho') | |
|
1385 | self._write(self._fmsgout, r, "\n", label='ui.promptecho') | |
|
1378 | 1386 | return r |
|
1379 | 1387 | except EOFError: |
|
1380 | 1388 | raise error.ResponseExpected() |
|
1381 | 1389 | |
|
1382 | 1390 | @staticmethod |
|
1383 | 1391 | def extractchoices(prompt): |
|
1384 | 1392 | """Extract prompt message and list of choices from specified prompt. |
|
1385 | 1393 | |
|
1386 | 1394 | This returns tuple "(message, choices)", and "choices" is the |
|
1387 | 1395 | list of tuple "(response character, text without &)". |
|
1388 | 1396 | |
|
1389 | 1397 | >>> ui.extractchoices(b"awake? $$ &Yes $$ &No") |
|
1390 | 1398 | ('awake? ', [('y', 'Yes'), ('n', 'No')]) |
|
1391 | 1399 | >>> ui.extractchoices(b"line\\nbreak? $$ &Yes $$ &No") |
|
1392 | 1400 | ('line\\nbreak? ', [('y', 'Yes'), ('n', 'No')]) |
|
1393 | 1401 | >>> ui.extractchoices(b"want lots of $$money$$?$$Ye&s$$N&o") |
|
1394 | 1402 | ('want lots of $$money$$?', [('s', 'Yes'), ('o', 'No')]) |
|
1395 | 1403 | """ |
|
1396 | 1404 | |
|
1397 | 1405 | # Sadly, the prompt string may have been built with a filename |
|
1398 | 1406 | # containing "$$" so let's try to find the first valid-looking |
|
1399 | 1407 | # prompt to start parsing. Sadly, we also can't rely on |
|
1400 | 1408 | # choices containing spaces, ASCII, or basically anything |
|
1401 | 1409 | # except an ampersand followed by a character. |
|
1402 | 1410 | m = re.match(br'(?s)(.+?)\$\$([^\$]*&[^ \$].*)', prompt) |
|
1403 | 1411 | msg = m.group(1) |
|
1404 | 1412 | choices = [p.strip(' ') for p in m.group(2).split('$$')] |
|
1405 | 1413 | def choicetuple(s): |
|
1406 | 1414 | ampidx = s.index('&') |
|
1407 | 1415 | return s[ampidx + 1:ampidx + 2].lower(), s.replace('&', '', 1) |
|
1408 | 1416 | return (msg, [choicetuple(s) for s in choices]) |
|
1409 | 1417 | |
|
1410 | 1418 | def promptchoice(self, prompt, default=0): |
|
1411 | 1419 | """Prompt user with a message, read response, and ensure it matches |
|
1412 | 1420 | one of the provided choices. The prompt is formatted as follows: |
|
1413 | 1421 | |
|
1414 | 1422 | "would you like fries with that (Yn)? $$ &Yes $$ &No" |
|
1415 | 1423 | |
|
1416 | 1424 | The index of the choice is returned. Responses are case |
|
1417 | 1425 | insensitive. If ui is not interactive, the default is |
|
1418 | 1426 | returned. |
|
1419 | 1427 | """ |
|
1420 | 1428 | |
|
1421 | 1429 | msg, choices = self.extractchoices(prompt) |
|
1422 | 1430 | resps = [r for r, t in choices] |
|
1423 | 1431 | while True: |
|
1424 | 1432 | r = self.prompt(msg, resps[default]) |
|
1425 | 1433 | if r.lower() in resps: |
|
1426 | 1434 | return resps.index(r.lower()) |
|
1427 | self.write(_("unrecognized response\n")) | |
|
1435 | # TODO: shouldn't it be a warning? | |
|
1436 | self._write(self._fmsgout, _("unrecognized response\n")) | |
|
1428 | 1437 | |
|
1429 | 1438 | def getpass(self, prompt=None, default=None): |
|
1430 | 1439 | if not self.interactive(): |
|
1431 | 1440 | return default |
|
1432 | 1441 | try: |
|
1433 |
self.write |
|
|
1442 | self._write(self._fmsgerr, prompt or _('password: '), | |
|
1443 | label='ui.prompt') | |
|
1434 | 1444 | # disable getpass() only if explicitly specified. it's still valid |
|
1435 | 1445 | # to interact with tty even if fin is not a tty. |
|
1436 | 1446 | with self.timeblockedsection('stdio'): |
|
1437 | 1447 | if self.configbool('ui', 'nontty'): |
|
1438 | 1448 | l = self._fin.readline() |
|
1439 | 1449 | if not l: |
|
1440 | 1450 | raise EOFError |
|
1441 | 1451 | return l.rstrip('\n') |
|
1442 | 1452 | else: |
|
1443 | 1453 | return getpass.getpass('') |
|
1444 | 1454 | except EOFError: |
|
1445 | 1455 | raise error.ResponseExpected() |
|
1446 | 1456 | |
|
1447 | 1457 | def status(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
1448 | 1458 | '''write status message to output (if ui.quiet is False) |
|
1449 | 1459 | |
|
1450 | 1460 | This adds an output label of "ui.status". |
|
1451 | 1461 | ''' |
|
1452 | 1462 | if not self.quiet: |
|
1453 | 1463 | opts[r'label'] = opts.get(r'label', '') + ' ui.status' |
|
1454 | self.write(*msg, **opts) | |
|
1464 | self._write(self._fmsgout, *msg, **opts) | |
|
1455 | 1465 | |
|
1456 | 1466 | def warn(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
1457 | 1467 | '''write warning message to output (stderr) |
|
1458 | 1468 | |
|
1459 | 1469 | This adds an output label of "ui.warning". |
|
1460 | 1470 | ''' |
|
1461 | 1471 | opts[r'label'] = opts.get(r'label', '') + ' ui.warning' |
|
1462 |
self.write |
|
|
1472 | self._write(self._fmsgerr, *msg, **opts) | |
|
1463 | 1473 | |
|
1464 | 1474 | def error(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
1465 | 1475 | '''write error message to output (stderr) |
|
1466 | 1476 | |
|
1467 | 1477 | This adds an output label of "ui.error". |
|
1468 | 1478 | ''' |
|
1469 | 1479 | opts[r'label'] = opts.get(r'label', '') + ' ui.error' |
|
1470 |
self.write |
|
|
1480 | self._write(self._fmsgerr, *msg, **opts) | |
|
1471 | 1481 | |
|
1472 | 1482 | def note(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
1473 | 1483 | '''write note to output (if ui.verbose is True) |
|
1474 | 1484 | |
|
1475 | 1485 | This adds an output label of "ui.note". |
|
1476 | 1486 | ''' |
|
1477 | 1487 | if self.verbose: |
|
1478 | 1488 | opts[r'label'] = opts.get(r'label', '') + ' ui.note' |
|
1479 | self.write(*msg, **opts) | |
|
1489 | self._write(self._fmsgout, *msg, **opts) | |
|
1480 | 1490 | |
|
1481 | 1491 | def debug(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
1482 | 1492 | '''write debug message to output (if ui.debugflag is True) |
|
1483 | 1493 | |
|
1484 | 1494 | This adds an output label of "ui.debug". |
|
1485 | 1495 | ''' |
|
1486 | 1496 | if self.debugflag: |
|
1487 | 1497 | opts[r'label'] = opts.get(r'label', '') + ' ui.debug' |
|
1488 | self.write(*msg, **opts) | |
|
1498 | self._write(self._fmsgout, *msg, **opts) | |
|
1489 | 1499 | |
|
1490 | 1500 | def edit(self, text, user, extra=None, editform=None, pending=None, |
|
1491 | 1501 | repopath=None, action=None): |
|
1492 | 1502 | if action is None: |
|
1493 | 1503 | self.develwarn('action is None but will soon be a required ' |
|
1494 | 1504 | 'parameter to ui.edit()') |
|
1495 | 1505 | extra_defaults = { |
|
1496 | 1506 | 'prefix': 'editor', |
|
1497 | 1507 | 'suffix': '.txt', |
|
1498 | 1508 | } |
|
1499 | 1509 | if extra is not None: |
|
1500 | 1510 | if extra.get('suffix') is not None: |
|
1501 | 1511 | self.develwarn('extra.suffix is not None but will soon be ' |
|
1502 | 1512 | 'ignored by ui.edit()') |
|
1503 | 1513 | extra_defaults.update(extra) |
|
1504 | 1514 | extra = extra_defaults |
|
1505 | 1515 | |
|
1506 | 1516 | if action == 'diff': |
|
1507 | 1517 | suffix = '.diff' |
|
1508 | 1518 | elif action: |
|
1509 | 1519 | suffix = '.%s.hg.txt' % action |
|
1510 | 1520 | else: |
|
1511 | 1521 | suffix = extra['suffix'] |
|
1512 | 1522 | |
|
1513 | 1523 | rdir = None |
|
1514 | 1524 | if self.configbool('experimental', 'editortmpinhg'): |
|
1515 | 1525 | rdir = repopath |
|
1516 | 1526 | (fd, name) = pycompat.mkstemp(prefix='hg-' + extra['prefix'] + '-', |
|
1517 | 1527 | suffix=suffix, |
|
1518 | 1528 | dir=rdir) |
|
1519 | 1529 | try: |
|
1520 | 1530 | f = os.fdopen(fd, r'wb') |
|
1521 | 1531 | f.write(util.tonativeeol(text)) |
|
1522 | 1532 | f.close() |
|
1523 | 1533 | |
|
1524 | 1534 | environ = {'HGUSER': user} |
|
1525 | 1535 | if 'transplant_source' in extra: |
|
1526 | 1536 | environ.update({'HGREVISION': hex(extra['transplant_source'])}) |
|
1527 | 1537 | for label in ('intermediate-source', 'source', 'rebase_source'): |
|
1528 | 1538 | if label in extra: |
|
1529 | 1539 | environ.update({'HGREVISION': extra[label]}) |
|
1530 | 1540 | break |
|
1531 | 1541 | if editform: |
|
1532 | 1542 | environ.update({'HGEDITFORM': editform}) |
|
1533 | 1543 | if pending: |
|
1534 | 1544 | environ.update({'HG_PENDING': pending}) |
|
1535 | 1545 | |
|
1536 | 1546 | editor = self.geteditor() |
|
1537 | 1547 | |
|
1538 | 1548 | self.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, name), |
|
1539 | 1549 | environ=environ, |
|
1540 | 1550 | onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed"), |
|
1541 | 1551 | blockedtag='editor') |
|
1542 | 1552 | |
|
1543 | 1553 | f = open(name, r'rb') |
|
1544 | 1554 | t = util.fromnativeeol(f.read()) |
|
1545 | 1555 | f.close() |
|
1546 | 1556 | finally: |
|
1547 | 1557 | os.unlink(name) |
|
1548 | 1558 | |
|
1549 | 1559 | return t |
|
1550 | 1560 | |
|
1551 | 1561 | def system(self, cmd, environ=None, cwd=None, onerr=None, errprefix=None, |
|
1552 | 1562 | blockedtag=None): |
|
1553 | 1563 | '''execute shell command with appropriate output stream. command |
|
1554 | 1564 | output will be redirected if fout is not stdout. |
|
1555 | 1565 | |
|
1556 | 1566 | if command fails and onerr is None, return status, else raise onerr |
|
1557 | 1567 | object as exception. |
|
1558 | 1568 | ''' |
|
1559 | 1569 | if blockedtag is None: |
|
1560 | 1570 | # Long cmds tend to be because of an absolute path on cmd. Keep |
|
1561 | 1571 | # the tail end instead |
|
1562 | 1572 | cmdsuffix = cmd.translate(None, _keepalnum)[-85:] |
|
1563 | 1573 | blockedtag = 'unknown_system_' + cmdsuffix |
|
1564 | 1574 | out = self._fout |
|
1565 | 1575 | if any(s[1] for s in self._bufferstates): |
|
1566 | 1576 | out = self |
|
1567 | 1577 | with self.timeblockedsection(blockedtag): |
|
1568 | 1578 | rc = self._runsystem(cmd, environ=environ, cwd=cwd, out=out) |
|
1569 | 1579 | if rc and onerr: |
|
1570 | 1580 | errmsg = '%s %s' % (os.path.basename(cmd.split(None, 1)[0]), |
|
1571 | 1581 | procutil.explainexit(rc)) |
|
1572 | 1582 | if errprefix: |
|
1573 | 1583 | errmsg = '%s: %s' % (errprefix, errmsg) |
|
1574 | 1584 | raise onerr(errmsg) |
|
1575 | 1585 | return rc |
|
1576 | 1586 | |
|
1577 | 1587 | def _runsystem(self, cmd, environ, cwd, out): |
|
1578 | 1588 | """actually execute the given shell command (can be overridden by |
|
1579 | 1589 | extensions like chg)""" |
|
1580 | 1590 | return procutil.system(cmd, environ=environ, cwd=cwd, out=out) |
|
1581 | 1591 | |
|
1582 | 1592 | def traceback(self, exc=None, force=False): |
|
1583 | 1593 | '''print exception traceback if traceback printing enabled or forced. |
|
1584 | 1594 | only to call in exception handler. returns true if traceback |
|
1585 | 1595 | printed.''' |
|
1586 | 1596 | if self.tracebackflag or force: |
|
1587 | 1597 | if exc is None: |
|
1588 | 1598 | exc = sys.exc_info() |
|
1589 | 1599 | cause = getattr(exc[1], 'cause', None) |
|
1590 | 1600 | |
|
1591 | 1601 | if cause is not None: |
|
1592 | 1602 | causetb = traceback.format_tb(cause[2]) |
|
1593 | 1603 | exctb = traceback.format_tb(exc[2]) |
|
1594 | 1604 | exconly = traceback.format_exception_only(cause[0], cause[1]) |
|
1595 | 1605 | |
|
1596 | 1606 | # exclude frame where 'exc' was chained and rethrown from exctb |
|
1597 | 1607 | self.write_err('Traceback (most recent call last):\n', |
|
1598 | 1608 | ''.join(exctb[:-1]), |
|
1599 | 1609 | ''.join(causetb), |
|
1600 | 1610 | ''.join(exconly)) |
|
1601 | 1611 | else: |
|
1602 | 1612 | output = traceback.format_exception(exc[0], exc[1], exc[2]) |
|
1603 | 1613 | self.write_err(encoding.strtolocal(r''.join(output))) |
|
1604 | 1614 | return self.tracebackflag or force |
|
1605 | 1615 | |
|
1606 | 1616 | def geteditor(self): |
|
1607 | 1617 | '''return editor to use''' |
|
1608 | 1618 | if pycompat.sysplatform == 'plan9': |
|
1609 | 1619 | # vi is the MIPS instruction simulator on Plan 9. We |
|
1610 | 1620 | # instead default to E to plumb commit messages to |
|
1611 | 1621 | # avoid confusion. |
|
1612 | 1622 | editor = 'E' |
|
1613 | 1623 | else: |
|
1614 | 1624 | editor = 'vi' |
|
1615 | 1625 | return (encoding.environ.get("HGEDITOR") or |
|
1616 | 1626 | self.config("ui", "editor", editor)) |
|
1617 | 1627 | |
|
1618 | 1628 | @util.propertycache |
|
1619 | 1629 | def _progbar(self): |
|
1620 | 1630 | """setup the progbar singleton to the ui object""" |
|
1621 | 1631 | if (self.quiet or self.debugflag |
|
1622 | 1632 | or self.configbool('progress', 'disable') |
|
1623 | 1633 | or not progress.shouldprint(self)): |
|
1624 | 1634 | return None |
|
1625 | 1635 | return getprogbar(self) |
|
1626 | 1636 | |
|
1627 | 1637 | def _progclear(self): |
|
1628 | 1638 | """clear progress bar output if any. use it before any output""" |
|
1629 | 1639 | if not haveprogbar(): # nothing loaded yet |
|
1630 | 1640 | return |
|
1631 | 1641 | if self._progbar is not None and self._progbar.printed: |
|
1632 | 1642 | self._progbar.clear() |
|
1633 | 1643 | |
|
1634 | 1644 | def progress(self, topic, pos, item="", unit="", total=None): |
|
1635 | 1645 | '''show a progress message |
|
1636 | 1646 | |
|
1637 | 1647 | By default a textual progress bar will be displayed if an operation |
|
1638 | 1648 | takes too long. 'topic' is the current operation, 'item' is a |
|
1639 | 1649 | non-numeric marker of the current position (i.e. the currently |
|
1640 | 1650 | in-process file), 'pos' is the current numeric position (i.e. |
|
1641 | 1651 | revision, bytes, etc.), unit is a corresponding unit label, |
|
1642 | 1652 | and total is the highest expected pos. |
|
1643 | 1653 | |
|
1644 | 1654 | Multiple nested topics may be active at a time. |
|
1645 | 1655 | |
|
1646 | 1656 | All topics should be marked closed by setting pos to None at |
|
1647 | 1657 | termination. |
|
1648 | 1658 | ''' |
|
1649 | 1659 | if self._progbar is not None: |
|
1650 | 1660 | self._progbar.progress(topic, pos, item=item, unit=unit, |
|
1651 | 1661 | total=total) |
|
1652 | 1662 | if pos is None or not self.configbool('progress', 'debug'): |
|
1653 | 1663 | return |
|
1654 | 1664 | |
|
1655 | 1665 | if unit: |
|
1656 | 1666 | unit = ' ' + unit |
|
1657 | 1667 | if item: |
|
1658 | 1668 | item = ' ' + item |
|
1659 | 1669 | |
|
1660 | 1670 | if total: |
|
1661 | 1671 | pct = 100.0 * pos / total |
|
1662 | 1672 | self.debug('%s:%s %d/%d%s (%4.2f%%)\n' |
|
1663 | 1673 | % (topic, item, pos, total, unit, pct)) |
|
1664 | 1674 | else: |
|
1665 | 1675 | self.debug('%s:%s %d%s\n' % (topic, item, pos, unit)) |
|
1666 | 1676 | |
|
1667 | 1677 | def makeprogress(self, topic, unit="", total=None): |
|
1668 | 1678 | '''exists only so low-level modules won't need to import scmutil''' |
|
1669 | 1679 | return scmutil.progress(self, topic, unit, total) |
|
1670 | 1680 | |
|
1671 | 1681 | def log(self, service, *msg, **opts): |
|
1672 | 1682 | '''hook for logging facility extensions |
|
1673 | 1683 | |
|
1674 | 1684 | service should be a readily-identifiable subsystem, which will |
|
1675 | 1685 | allow filtering. |
|
1676 | 1686 | |
|
1677 | 1687 | *msg should be a newline-terminated format string to log, and |
|
1678 | 1688 | then any values to %-format into that format string. |
|
1679 | 1689 | |
|
1680 | 1690 | **opts currently has no defined meanings. |
|
1681 | 1691 | ''' |
|
1682 | 1692 | |
|
1683 | 1693 | def label(self, msg, label): |
|
1684 | 1694 | '''style msg based on supplied label |
|
1685 | 1695 | |
|
1686 | 1696 | If some color mode is enabled, this will add the necessary control |
|
1687 | 1697 | characters to apply such color. In addition, 'debug' color mode adds |
|
1688 | 1698 | markup showing which label affects a piece of text. |
|
1689 | 1699 | |
|
1690 | 1700 | ui.write(s, 'label') is equivalent to |
|
1691 | 1701 | ui.write(ui.label(s, 'label')). |
|
1692 | 1702 | ''' |
|
1693 | 1703 | if self._colormode is not None: |
|
1694 | 1704 | return color.colorlabel(self, msg, label) |
|
1695 | 1705 | return msg |
|
1696 | 1706 | |
|
1697 | 1707 | def develwarn(self, msg, stacklevel=1, config=None): |
|
1698 | 1708 | """issue a developer warning message |
|
1699 | 1709 | |
|
1700 | 1710 | Use 'stacklevel' to report the offender some layers further up in the |
|
1701 | 1711 | stack. |
|
1702 | 1712 | """ |
|
1703 | 1713 | if not self.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings'): |
|
1704 | 1714 | if config is None or not self.configbool('devel', config): |
|
1705 | 1715 | return |
|
1706 | 1716 | msg = 'devel-warn: ' + msg |
|
1707 | 1717 | stacklevel += 1 # get in develwarn |
|
1708 | 1718 | if self.tracebackflag: |
|
1709 | 1719 | util.debugstacktrace(msg, stacklevel, self._ferr, self._fout) |
|
1710 | 1720 | self.log('develwarn', '%s at:\n%s' % |
|
1711 | 1721 | (msg, ''.join(util.getstackframes(stacklevel)))) |
|
1712 | 1722 | else: |
|
1713 | 1723 | curframe = inspect.currentframe() |
|
1714 | 1724 | calframe = inspect.getouterframes(curframe, 2) |
|
1715 | 1725 | fname, lineno, fmsg = calframe[stacklevel][1:4] |
|
1716 | 1726 | fname, fmsg = pycompat.sysbytes(fname), pycompat.sysbytes(fmsg) |
|
1717 | 1727 | self.write_err('%s at: %s:%d (%s)\n' |
|
1718 | 1728 | % (msg, fname, lineno, fmsg)) |
|
1719 | 1729 | self.log('develwarn', '%s at: %s:%d (%s)\n', |
|
1720 | 1730 | msg, fname, lineno, fmsg) |
|
1721 | 1731 | curframe = calframe = None # avoid cycles |
|
1722 | 1732 | |
|
1723 | 1733 | def deprecwarn(self, msg, version, stacklevel=2): |
|
1724 | 1734 | """issue a deprecation warning |
|
1725 | 1735 | |
|
1726 | 1736 | - msg: message explaining what is deprecated and how to upgrade, |
|
1727 | 1737 | - version: last version where the API will be supported, |
|
1728 | 1738 | """ |
|
1729 | 1739 | if not (self.configbool('devel', 'all-warnings') |
|
1730 | 1740 | or self.configbool('devel', 'deprec-warn')): |
|
1731 | 1741 | return |
|
1732 | 1742 | msg += ("\n(compatibility will be dropped after Mercurial-%s," |
|
1733 | 1743 | " update your code.)") % version |
|
1734 | 1744 | self.develwarn(msg, stacklevel=stacklevel, config='deprec-warn') |
|
1735 | 1745 | |
|
1736 | 1746 | def exportableenviron(self): |
|
1737 | 1747 | """The environment variables that are safe to export, e.g. through |
|
1738 | 1748 | hgweb. |
|
1739 | 1749 | """ |
|
1740 | 1750 | return self._exportableenviron |
|
1741 | 1751 | |
|
1742 | 1752 | @contextlib.contextmanager |
|
1743 | 1753 | def configoverride(self, overrides, source=""): |
|
1744 | 1754 | """Context manager for temporary config overrides |
|
1745 | 1755 | `overrides` must be a dict of the following structure: |
|
1746 | 1756 | {(section, name) : value}""" |
|
1747 | 1757 | backups = {} |
|
1748 | 1758 | try: |
|
1749 | 1759 | for (section, name), value in overrides.items(): |
|
1750 | 1760 | backups[(section, name)] = self.backupconfig(section, name) |
|
1751 | 1761 | self.setconfig(section, name, value, source) |
|
1752 | 1762 | yield |
|
1753 | 1763 | finally: |
|
1754 | 1764 | for __, backup in backups.items(): |
|
1755 | 1765 | self.restoreconfig(backup) |
|
1756 | 1766 | # just restoring ui.quiet config to the previous value is not enough |
|
1757 | 1767 | # as it does not update ui.quiet class member |
|
1758 | 1768 | if ('ui', 'quiet') in overrides: |
|
1759 | 1769 | self.fixconfig(section='ui') |
|
1760 | 1770 | |
|
1761 | 1771 | class paths(dict): |
|
1762 | 1772 | """Represents a collection of paths and their configs. |
|
1763 | 1773 | |
|
1764 | 1774 | Data is initially derived from ui instances and the config files they have |
|
1765 | 1775 | loaded. |
|
1766 | 1776 | """ |
|
1767 | 1777 | def __init__(self, ui): |
|
1768 | 1778 | dict.__init__(self) |
|
1769 | 1779 | |
|
1770 | 1780 | for name, loc in ui.configitems('paths', ignoresub=True): |
|
1771 | 1781 | # No location is the same as not existing. |
|
1772 | 1782 | if not loc: |
|
1773 | 1783 | continue |
|
1774 | 1784 | loc, sub = ui.configsuboptions('paths', name) |
|
1775 | 1785 | self[name] = path(ui, name, rawloc=loc, suboptions=sub) |
|
1776 | 1786 | |
|
1777 | 1787 | def getpath(self, name, default=None): |
|
1778 | 1788 | """Return a ``path`` from a string, falling back to default. |
|
1779 | 1789 | |
|
1780 | 1790 | ``name`` can be a named path or locations. Locations are filesystem |
|
1781 | 1791 | paths or URIs. |
|
1782 | 1792 | |
|
1783 | 1793 | Returns None if ``name`` is not a registered path, a URI, or a local |
|
1784 | 1794 | path to a repo. |
|
1785 | 1795 | """ |
|
1786 | 1796 | # Only fall back to default if no path was requested. |
|
1787 | 1797 | if name is None: |
|
1788 | 1798 | if not default: |
|
1789 | 1799 | default = () |
|
1790 | 1800 | elif not isinstance(default, (tuple, list)): |
|
1791 | 1801 | default = (default,) |
|
1792 | 1802 | for k in default: |
|
1793 | 1803 | try: |
|
1794 | 1804 | return self[k] |
|
1795 | 1805 | except KeyError: |
|
1796 | 1806 | continue |
|
1797 | 1807 | return None |
|
1798 | 1808 | |
|
1799 | 1809 | # Most likely empty string. |
|
1800 | 1810 | # This may need to raise in the future. |
|
1801 | 1811 | if not name: |
|
1802 | 1812 | return None |
|
1803 | 1813 | |
|
1804 | 1814 | try: |
|
1805 | 1815 | return self[name] |
|
1806 | 1816 | except KeyError: |
|
1807 | 1817 | # Try to resolve as a local path or URI. |
|
1808 | 1818 | try: |
|
1809 | 1819 | # We don't pass sub-options in, so no need to pass ui instance. |
|
1810 | 1820 | return path(None, None, rawloc=name) |
|
1811 | 1821 | except ValueError: |
|
1812 | 1822 | raise error.RepoError(_('repository %s does not exist') % |
|
1813 | 1823 | name) |
|
1814 | 1824 | |
|
1815 | 1825 | _pathsuboptions = {} |
|
1816 | 1826 | |
|
1817 | 1827 | def pathsuboption(option, attr): |
|
1818 | 1828 | """Decorator used to declare a path sub-option. |
|
1819 | 1829 | |
|
1820 | 1830 | Arguments are the sub-option name and the attribute it should set on |
|
1821 | 1831 | ``path`` instances. |
|
1822 | 1832 | |
|
1823 | 1833 | The decorated function will receive as arguments a ``ui`` instance, |
|
1824 | 1834 | ``path`` instance, and the string value of this option from the config. |
|
1825 | 1835 | The function should return the value that will be set on the ``path`` |
|
1826 | 1836 | instance. |
|
1827 | 1837 | |
|
1828 | 1838 | This decorator can be used to perform additional verification of |
|
1829 | 1839 | sub-options and to change the type of sub-options. |
|
1830 | 1840 | """ |
|
1831 | 1841 | def register(func): |
|
1832 | 1842 | _pathsuboptions[option] = (attr, func) |
|
1833 | 1843 | return func |
|
1834 | 1844 | return register |
|
1835 | 1845 | |
|
1836 | 1846 | @pathsuboption('pushurl', 'pushloc') |
|
1837 | 1847 | def pushurlpathoption(ui, path, value): |
|
1838 | 1848 | u = util.url(value) |
|
1839 | 1849 | # Actually require a URL. |
|
1840 | 1850 | if not u.scheme: |
|
1841 | 1851 | ui.warn(_('(paths.%s:pushurl not a URL; ignoring)\n') % path.name) |
|
1842 | 1852 | return None |
|
1843 | 1853 | |
|
1844 | 1854 | # Don't support the #foo syntax in the push URL to declare branch to |
|
1845 | 1855 | # push. |
|
1846 | 1856 | if u.fragment: |
|
1847 | 1857 | ui.warn(_('("#fragment" in paths.%s:pushurl not supported; ' |
|
1848 | 1858 | 'ignoring)\n') % path.name) |
|
1849 | 1859 | u.fragment = None |
|
1850 | 1860 | |
|
1851 | 1861 | return bytes(u) |
|
1852 | 1862 | |
|
1853 | 1863 | @pathsuboption('pushrev', 'pushrev') |
|
1854 | 1864 | def pushrevpathoption(ui, path, value): |
|
1855 | 1865 | return value |
|
1856 | 1866 | |
|
1857 | 1867 | class path(object): |
|
1858 | 1868 | """Represents an individual path and its configuration.""" |
|
1859 | 1869 | |
|
1860 | 1870 | def __init__(self, ui, name, rawloc=None, suboptions=None): |
|
1861 | 1871 | """Construct a path from its config options. |
|
1862 | 1872 | |
|
1863 | 1873 | ``ui`` is the ``ui`` instance the path is coming from. |
|
1864 | 1874 | ``name`` is the symbolic name of the path. |
|
1865 | 1875 | ``rawloc`` is the raw location, as defined in the config. |
|
1866 | 1876 | ``pushloc`` is the raw locations pushes should be made to. |
|
1867 | 1877 | |
|
1868 | 1878 | If ``name`` is not defined, we require that the location be a) a local |
|
1869 | 1879 | filesystem path with a .hg directory or b) a URL. If not, |
|
1870 | 1880 | ``ValueError`` is raised. |
|
1871 | 1881 | """ |
|
1872 | 1882 | if not rawloc: |
|
1873 | 1883 | raise ValueError('rawloc must be defined') |
|
1874 | 1884 | |
|
1875 | 1885 | # Locations may define branches via syntax <base>#<branch>. |
|
1876 | 1886 | u = util.url(rawloc) |
|
1877 | 1887 | branch = None |
|
1878 | 1888 | if u.fragment: |
|
1879 | 1889 | branch = u.fragment |
|
1880 | 1890 | u.fragment = None |
|
1881 | 1891 | |
|
1882 | 1892 | self.url = u |
|
1883 | 1893 | self.branch = branch |
|
1884 | 1894 | |
|
1885 | 1895 | self.name = name |
|
1886 | 1896 | self.rawloc = rawloc |
|
1887 | 1897 | self.loc = '%s' % u |
|
1888 | 1898 | |
|
1889 | 1899 | # When given a raw location but not a symbolic name, validate the |
|
1890 | 1900 | # location is valid. |
|
1891 | 1901 | if not name and not u.scheme and not self._isvalidlocalpath(self.loc): |
|
1892 | 1902 | raise ValueError('location is not a URL or path to a local ' |
|
1893 | 1903 | 'repo: %s' % rawloc) |
|
1894 | 1904 | |
|
1895 | 1905 | suboptions = suboptions or {} |
|
1896 | 1906 | |
|
1897 | 1907 | # Now process the sub-options. If a sub-option is registered, its |
|
1898 | 1908 | # attribute will always be present. The value will be None if there |
|
1899 | 1909 | # was no valid sub-option. |
|
1900 | 1910 | for suboption, (attr, func) in _pathsuboptions.iteritems(): |
|
1901 | 1911 | if suboption not in suboptions: |
|
1902 | 1912 | setattr(self, attr, None) |
|
1903 | 1913 | continue |
|
1904 | 1914 | |
|
1905 | 1915 | value = func(ui, self, suboptions[suboption]) |
|
1906 | 1916 | setattr(self, attr, value) |
|
1907 | 1917 | |
|
1908 | 1918 | def _isvalidlocalpath(self, path): |
|
1909 | 1919 | """Returns True if the given path is a potentially valid repository. |
|
1910 | 1920 | This is its own function so that extensions can change the definition of |
|
1911 | 1921 | 'valid' in this case (like when pulling from a git repo into a hg |
|
1912 | 1922 | one).""" |
|
1913 | 1923 | return os.path.isdir(os.path.join(path, '.hg')) |
|
1914 | 1924 | |
|
1915 | 1925 | @property |
|
1916 | 1926 | def suboptions(self): |
|
1917 | 1927 | """Return sub-options and their values for this path. |
|
1918 | 1928 | |
|
1919 | 1929 | This is intended to be used for presentation purposes. |
|
1920 | 1930 | """ |
|
1921 | 1931 | d = {} |
|
1922 | 1932 | for subopt, (attr, _func) in _pathsuboptions.iteritems(): |
|
1923 | 1933 | value = getattr(self, attr) |
|
1924 | 1934 | if value is not None: |
|
1925 | 1935 | d[subopt] = value |
|
1926 | 1936 | return d |
|
1927 | 1937 | |
|
1928 | 1938 | # we instantiate one globally shared progress bar to avoid |
|
1929 | 1939 | # competing progress bars when multiple UI objects get created |
|
1930 | 1940 | _progresssingleton = None |
|
1931 | 1941 | |
|
1932 | 1942 | def getprogbar(ui): |
|
1933 | 1943 | global _progresssingleton |
|
1934 | 1944 | if _progresssingleton is None: |
|
1935 | 1945 | # passing 'ui' object to the singleton is fishy, |
|
1936 | 1946 | # this is how the extension used to work but feel free to rework it. |
|
1937 | 1947 | _progresssingleton = progress.progbar(ui) |
|
1938 | 1948 | return _progresssingleton |
|
1939 | 1949 | |
|
1940 | 1950 | def haveprogbar(): |
|
1941 | 1951 | return _progresssingleton is not None |
|
1952 | ||
|
1953 | def _selectmsgdests(ui): | |
|
1954 | name = ui.config(b'ui', b'message-output') | |
|
1955 | if name == b'stdio': | |
|
1956 | return ui.fout, ui.ferr | |
|
1957 | if name == b'stderr': | |
|
1958 | return ui.ferr, ui.ferr | |
|
1959 | raise error.Abort(b'invalid ui.message-output destination: %s' % name) |
@@ -1,104 +1,219 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Create a repository: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | #if no-extraextensions |
|
4 | 4 | $ hg config |
|
5 | 5 | devel.all-warnings=true |
|
6 | 6 | devel.default-date=0 0 |
|
7 | 7 | extensions.fsmonitor= (fsmonitor !) |
|
8 | 8 | largefiles.usercache=$TESTTMP/.cache/largefiles |
|
9 | 9 | lfs.usercache=$TESTTMP/.cache/lfs |
|
10 | 10 | ui.slash=True |
|
11 | 11 | ui.interactive=False |
|
12 | 12 | ui.merge=internal:merge |
|
13 | 13 | ui.mergemarkers=detailed |
|
14 | 14 | ui.promptecho=True |
|
15 | 15 | web.address=localhost |
|
16 | 16 | web\.ipv6=(?:True|False) (re) |
|
17 | 17 | web.server-header=testing stub value |
|
18 | 18 | #endif |
|
19 | 19 | |
|
20 | 20 | $ hg init t |
|
21 | 21 | $ cd t |
|
22 | 22 | |
|
23 | 23 | Prepare a changeset: |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | $ echo a > a |
|
26 | 26 | $ hg add a |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | $ hg status |
|
29 | 29 | A a |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Writes to stdio succeed and fail appropriately |
|
32 | 32 | |
|
33 | 33 | #if devfull |
|
34 | 34 | $ hg status 2>/dev/full |
|
35 | 35 | A a |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | $ hg status >/dev/full |
|
38 | 38 | abort: No space left on device |
|
39 | 39 | [255] |
|
40 | 40 | #endif |
|
41 | 41 | |
|
42 | 42 | #if devfull |
|
43 | 43 | $ hg status >/dev/full 2>&1 |
|
44 | 44 | [255] |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | $ hg status ENOENT 2>/dev/full |
|
47 | 47 | [255] |
|
48 | 48 | #endif |
|
49 | 49 | |
|
50 | 50 | $ hg commit -m test |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | This command is ancient: |
|
53 | 53 | |
|
54 | 54 | $ hg history |
|
55 | 55 | changeset: 0:acb14030fe0a |
|
56 | 56 | tag: tip |
|
57 | 57 | user: test |
|
58 | 58 | date: Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000 |
|
59 | 59 | summary: test |
|
60 | 60 | |
|
61 | 61 | |
|
62 | 62 | Verify that updating to revision 0 via commands.update() works properly |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | $ cat <<EOF > update_to_rev0.py |
|
65 | 65 | > from mercurial import commands, hg, ui as uimod |
|
66 | 66 | > myui = uimod.ui.load() |
|
67 | 67 | > repo = hg.repository(myui, path=b'.') |
|
68 | 68 | > commands.update(myui, repo, rev=b"0") |
|
69 | 69 | > EOF |
|
70 | 70 | $ hg up null |
|
71 | 71 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 1 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
72 | 72 | $ "$PYTHON" ./update_to_rev0.py |
|
73 | 73 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
74 | 74 | $ hg identify -n |
|
75 | 75 | 0 |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | Poke around at hashes: |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | $ hg manifest --debug |
|
81 | 81 | b789fdd96dc2f3bd229c1dd8eedf0fc60e2b68e3 644 a |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | $ hg cat a |
|
84 | 84 | a |
|
85 | 85 | |
|
86 | 86 | Verify should succeed: |
|
87 | 87 | |
|
88 | 88 | $ hg verify |
|
89 | 89 | checking changesets |
|
90 | 90 | checking manifests |
|
91 | 91 | crosschecking files in changesets and manifests |
|
92 | 92 | checking files |
|
93 | 93 | checked 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | Repository root: |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | $ hg root |
|
98 | 98 | $TESTTMP/t |
|
99 | 99 | $ hg log -l1 -T '{reporoot}\n' |
|
100 | 100 | $TESTTMP/t |
|
101 | 101 | |
|
102 | 102 | At the end... |
|
103 | 103 | |
|
104 | 104 | $ cd .. |
|
105 | ||
|
106 | Status message redirection: | |
|
107 | ||
|
108 | $ hg init empty | |
|
109 | ||
|
110 | status messages are sent to stdout by default: | |
|
111 | ||
|
112 | $ hg outgoing -R t empty -Tjson 2>/dev/null | |
|
113 | comparing with empty | |
|
114 | searching for changes | |
|
115 | [ | |
|
116 | { | |
|
117 | "bookmarks": [], | |
|
118 | "branch": "default", | |
|
119 | "date": [0, 0], | |
|
120 | "desc": "test", | |
|
121 | "node": "acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376", | |
|
122 | "parents": ["0000000000000000000000000000000000000000"], | |
|
123 | "phase": "draft", | |
|
124 | "rev": 0, | |
|
125 | "tags": ["tip"], | |
|
126 | "user": "test" | |
|
127 | } | |
|
128 | ] | |
|
129 | ||
|
130 | which can be configured to send to stderr, so the output wouldn't be | |
|
131 | interleaved: | |
|
132 | ||
|
133 | $ cat <<'EOF' >> "$HGRCPATH" | |
|
134 | > [ui] | |
|
135 | > message-output = stderr | |
|
136 | > EOF | |
|
137 | $ hg outgoing -R t empty -Tjson 2>/dev/null | |
|
138 | [ | |
|
139 | { | |
|
140 | "bookmarks": [], | |
|
141 | "branch": "default", | |
|
142 | "date": [0, 0], | |
|
143 | "desc": "test", | |
|
144 | "node": "acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376", | |
|
145 | "parents": ["0000000000000000000000000000000000000000"], | |
|
146 | "phase": "draft", | |
|
147 | "rev": 0, | |
|
148 | "tags": ["tip"], | |
|
149 | "user": "test" | |
|
150 | } | |
|
151 | ] | |
|
152 | $ hg outgoing -R t empty -Tjson >/dev/null | |
|
153 | comparing with empty | |
|
154 | searching for changes | |
|
155 | ||
|
156 | this option should be turned off by HGPLAIN= since it may break scripting use: | |
|
157 | ||
|
158 | $ HGPLAIN= hg outgoing -R t empty -Tjson 2>/dev/null | |
|
159 | comparing with empty | |
|
160 | searching for changes | |
|
161 | [ | |
|
162 | { | |
|
163 | "bookmarks": [], | |
|
164 | "branch": "default", | |
|
165 | "date": [0, 0], | |
|
166 | "desc": "test", | |
|
167 | "node": "acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376", | |
|
168 | "parents": ["0000000000000000000000000000000000000000"], | |
|
169 | "phase": "draft", | |
|
170 | "rev": 0, | |
|
171 | "tags": ["tip"], | |
|
172 | "user": "test" | |
|
173 | } | |
|
174 | ] | |
|
175 | ||
|
176 | but still overridden by --config: | |
|
177 | ||
|
178 | $ HGPLAIN= hg outgoing -R t empty -Tjson --config ui.message-output=stderr \ | |
|
179 | > 2>/dev/null | |
|
180 | [ | |
|
181 | { | |
|
182 | "bookmarks": [], | |
|
183 | "branch": "default", | |
|
184 | "date": [0, 0], | |
|
185 | "desc": "test", | |
|
186 | "node": "acb14030fe0a21b60322c440ad2d20cf7685a376", | |
|
187 | "parents": ["0000000000000000000000000000000000000000"], | |
|
188 | "phase": "draft", | |
|
189 | "rev": 0, | |
|
190 | "tags": ["tip"], | |
|
191 | "user": "test" | |
|
192 | } | |
|
193 | ] | |
|
194 | ||
|
195 | Invalid ui.message-output option: | |
|
196 | ||
|
197 | $ hg log -R t --config ui.message-output=bad | |
|
198 | abort: invalid ui.message-output destination: bad | |
|
199 | [255] | |
|
200 | ||
|
201 | Underlying message streams should be updated when ui.fout/ferr are set: | |
|
202 | ||
|
203 | $ cat <<'EOF' > capui.py | |
|
204 | > from mercurial import pycompat, registrar | |
|
205 | > cmdtable = {} | |
|
206 | > command = registrar.command(cmdtable) | |
|
207 | > @command(b'capui', norepo=True) | |
|
208 | > def capui(ui): | |
|
209 | > out = ui.fout | |
|
210 | > ui.fout = pycompat.bytesio() | |
|
211 | > ui.status(b'status\n') | |
|
212 | > ui.ferr = pycompat.bytesio() | |
|
213 | > ui.warn(b'warn\n') | |
|
214 | > out.write(b'stdout: %s' % ui.fout.getvalue()) | |
|
215 | > out.write(b'stderr: %s' % ui.ferr.getvalue()) | |
|
216 | > EOF | |
|
217 | $ hg --config extensions.capui=capui.py --config ui.message-output=stdio capui | |
|
218 | stdout: status | |
|
219 | stderr: warn |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now